Write For Us About Smartphone Photography - Guest Column

Choosing a Phone guest posting rules

The idea is that you stabilise your camera and capture a long exposure of a busy street. Guest posting rules First, you should know landscapes appear before taking any photographs. For anyone who likes some added zing to their snaps though, the S21 Ultra’s pictures are supremely Instagramable. The only thing it's really missing is a telephoto lens, but these tend to be used less than wide angle lenses anyway. A selfie stick is a must-have if you want to be able to take photos of yourself that can include a lot of the panorama or fit all of your friends and family in the shot. The second, however, does feature OIS and clocks in at 5MP, while also delivering a 5x zoom as well as a 10x hybrid zoom. Above: Against a stark blue background, the branches and leaves of the tree really grab your attention. These come in at about 11-16MB in size and in reality look much better than we expected them to. Don't use the Instagram camera. We can, at least, tell you a bit about what to look for in a smartphone from a photographic sense. More importantly, I’ve captured the small moments that tend to go unrecorded and so are easily forgotten, but that ultimately form the bulk of our lives: bike rides, dinner parties, afternoons at the country with my nephew. Going through the in-app camera will often give you the worst picture your phone can take, missing out on things like AI, choice of lenses and night mode. And if you drop the local hashtags on your shots, you give locals and other travellers in the area the possibleness to engage with you. Guest author Your images will have more of an impact being shared sooner than later. If you have non-photo art you want to share, view posting shots of it alongside your photography, or create a totally new account dedicated to your craft!. These’ll all make a difference in how easy it is to use your camera, specially in tricky inflammation conditions, like low light and direct sun. Above: Photos on my Instagram feed, and a single photo increased with comments and likes visible. It’s always been good, and while its photos aren’t as nuanced as some of the best out there, matched with a 10x zoom, a decent ultrawide, and plenty of shooting modes, the camera system, on the whole, makes it one of the best camera phones of 2021. Is it spontaneous to use? Do you like the look of the photos? Does it seem like the right fit for the price?. Geotagging will also allow you to save your exact location when you are abroad. Sponsored post Read our full review here to see if it’s something you might want to add to your kit. Buying a budget phone doesn't just mean putting up with tech that's a few years old. Guest post by If you’re a nonrecreational photographer or an avid hobbyist, chances are that you’ve taken some shots of your family and friends with your best camera. If I wanted to use my camera, which I’d been doing regularly for three years at that point, I used a DSLR. An image showing light trails brings in the idea of movement in a still image. There are two main types of smartphones that dominate the market: iPhones and Android phones. Learn how to take high-quality, amazing shots using iPhones or Android devices, and take your smartphone photography skills to a new level. So pay close attention to the colors in your scene. We like to keep it a small group so we can engage together. Sponsored post by And, as you’ll soon see, in pushing yourself to get great shots from your camera phone, you’ll be developing significant skills – some of the nuts and bolts of great photography! So let’s dive into it, and learn how to take compelling shots with your smartphone camera. Read this article for the multitude of uses this gadget has. Contributing writer The camera’s Night mode is the part we prize most. This is a guest post by A new contender from a big name in TVs. In the days where iPhoneography was a new thing, you had to zoom using your feet. 8) | OIS: Yes | Weight: 138 g | Dimensions: 138. Submit content This is the quality of light that you should seek most often to complement features. This is where you should aim to place the most decisive area of the image. Submit your content Follow our tutorial and build your DIY smartphone projector. It was only a matter of time before smartphone cameras replaced the daily use of other cameras, such as DSLRs. One of the best apps for planning is Photopills. But Samsung has switched up its strategy for its new Galaxy S21 series of flagship phones. Use that! The resulting blurry shots may look a bit like impressionist paintings. Nothing is safe from the quick snap of a smartphone camera. Above: To be fair to my phone, I was taking this shot while I was on a moving bicycle, and my subject was moving too. Want to write for Because cameras don’t adjust for changes in the color of light as well as our eyes do, these colors can show up quite powerfully in your photos. Contribute to our site Instagram is a great tool for both editing and sharing. Though smartphones may never rival a dedicated DSLR or mirrorless camera such as those used by serious photographers, they can still capture some impressive images (our best camera phones list has those that take the best snaps). Alright, so you’ve got yourself a fancy smartphone – congrats! You’re plausibly itching to start taking awesome photos, but first things first: Let’s make sure you’ve got the best camera app for the job. It ensures there is a copy of your images somewhere else, in case something happens to your mobile phone. Contribute to our site But you can also edit your images in Lightroom. Guest blogger guidelines That said, with PDAF and 4K video capture at up to 60fps, it’s definitely one of the more specced out front cameras we’ve used. Sharing one image will always be more powerful. Read here for the best lenses your money can buy in 2020. Other than that, it all comes down to your creativeness. The S20 Ultra, for the most part, edged ahead of Huawei’s P-series flagship when it came to pure detail in our tests, though Huawei’s color reproduction was consistently superior. Plus, we get all those bonus benefits of plugging into an online community that just doesn’t exist with a standalone blog. Looking side-by-side at the results, the character of image texture is a tiny bit different in some areas. What’s even more awesome is a tripod with a remote shutter because it allows you to not only support the camera, but also take good, full-body pictures of yourself from up …. If you want to receive feedback, the prescript on these work is that you should be providing it as well, and responding to comments too. And because of the advances in smartphone design, that camera does a pretty decent job! Awesome shots are now within your reach, every where you go. Want to contribute to our website Many people might not want to take their 1. Including locating information measure allows people to see on a map where you were when you took your shot!. Our webinars are always filled to the last seat. All those screen smarts combine with a bright, easy-to-view display that’s vibrant, deep, inky, and a treat to watch, swipe, shoot, and edit on. And that was great – it better conveyed the bustling nature of the place!. Whether you have the most expensive flagship iPhone or the cheapest entry-level Android, we've rounded up some top tips to ensure that you're getting the most out of your phone's camera.  That means getting in the habit of on a regular basis transferring your images (and any other essential data) to your computer and an external hard drive. This can make a big difference in the quality of your photos and videos, especially in low-light conditions!. Guest post guidelines  It can also be used to suggest that space exists beyond the frame, adding connive to your image. And like Instagram, you can use hashtags to get your work in front of other users. These are also called tiny planets and are the act of turning an image or panorama into a little world. Sometimes, as a photographer, your goal is to go unseen by the world around you and capture a moment that’s unspoiled by your presence. Publish your guest post For example, when you want to avoid camera shake, you need a tripod.  If you don’t like the effect a light source is having on your image, change it up – turn off an overhead light and shoot only with window light, come back to your shot at sunset instead of midday, or lay yourself (or your subject) until the light falls where you want it to. Become guest writer The passing cars will illuminate the scene, adding this red and white path of light. Your best camera is the one that is always with you. But those costs are so small, compared to the record I have: The photos of family, friends and adventures, and the emotions and lessons attached to those images. Geotagging is also very handy when it comes to your pictorial representation. See iPhone 12 Pro Max vs Samsung S21 Ultra. And the result will allow you to enjoy your smartphone’s content in a bigger size. The additional Vlog mode is fun and easy for first-time users to get to grips with, producing fun montages, and unlike the phone’s night mode, Video engages all five cameras. Sponsored post by But a normal-sized one would be too bulky for your small device. Post processing won’t fix a blurry image from a slow shutter ​. There’s a lot of choice out there!. Meet the Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra. It was only a matter of time before smartphone cameras replaced the daily use of other cameras, such as DSLRs. There are all kinds of lines out there, and they do different things for our photos. There are many 360 panorama photo apps out there, and it’s easy to get confused which one is the best choice. It uses the same Sony IMX 363 main sensor as the top-end Pixel 3. I wanted to ensure the image quality in the book was as high as possible, so instead of filling the book with images imported directly from Instagram, I used full-sized files that I had edited in Lightroom. The Cloud service is the common one for iOS users. On the plus, it sports dual pixel PDAF, and Samsung’s EIS. The main camera is stabilised and, like the Pixel 3, uses the OIS motor when homicide 2x digital zoom images to capture far better photos than most other phones without a consecrated “telephoto” camera. We particularly like the intuitive design of the reviews, which awards a score out of 100 for things like panorama and contrast, color, autofocus, noise, stabilization, noise and more – for both photos and videos!. Sites like Tumblr, Twitter and Facebook aren’t specifically geared towards sharing smartphone photography, but they can be an attractive option, especially if you want to streamline your social media use and share photos, news, and thoughts all from one place. Contributor guidelines Tumblr is a free micro-blogging ADPS that allows you to create short-form blog posts with images (photos or otherwise), videos, gifs and written content. 9 camera, which is perfect for talking selfies and chatting to your friends and family on video chat. dng formats to minimize image compression. Whether you have the most expensive flagship iPhone or the cheapest entry-level Android, we've rounded up some top tips to ensure that you're getting the most out of your phone's camera. But the bottom line, and the most important thing to remember, is that there will be a budget phone out there for you. Become a guest blogger Windy conditions make it challenging and frustrating to photograph. Guest posting rules And if you drop the local hashtags on your shots, you give locals and other travellers in the area the possibleness to engage with you. Learn how to take high-quality, amazing shots using iPhones or Android devices, and take your smartphone photography skills to a new level. iPhones are made alone by Apple, and run the iOS operative system. Guest post But you can also edit your images in Lightroom. Publish your guest post The Android side of the family lacks in this sector. This is where you should aim to place the most decisive area of the image. Spend a bit of time on Instagram, and you’ll name that photographers with big followings have thing in common, whether they photograph fashion, families, life or waterfalls. Meanwhile, the front-facing camera is a estimable 10MP f/1.  If you’re not sure whether to get an iPhone or an Android phone, here are a few things to consider:.


Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra review become guest writer

These come in at about 11-16MB in size, and actually look much better than we unsurprising them to – you can see some examples below. *You know your situation best, so use these tips at your own discretion. 8-inch screen size with and a 227g body. So it is always best to be safe. A fully tight case will allow you to submerge your phone in water for a period of time – you’ll be able to snap shots without a problem in rain, snow or even in a pool or the ocean! Some of these heavy-duty cases are so thick that they may reduce the responsiveness of your touch screen, so read reviews before you buy. It might sound obvious, but when was the last time you turned your phone over and gave the lens a good clean? A simple wipe with your top will do at a pinch when you’re out and about, but it’s good to use lens cleansing fluid or glasses wipes every so often to lift residual dirt and debris. Think about what you're looking at and what your picture is trying to show. One of the most spacious smartphone accessories ever made is the selfie stick tripod. On the right, the No Crop app has been used to apply white borders above and below the original 4×3 image, so that the final image+borders fits Instagram’s 1×1 requirement. Especially for time-lapses, long exposures or photographing anything in low light conditions. Guest post policy It ensures there is a copy of your images somewhere else, in case something happens to your mobile phone. You can get this lens from Amazon here. Plus, we get all those bonus benefits of plugging into an online community that just doesn’t exist with a standalone blog. Note: This is a super broad guide. Instagram is a great tool for both editing and sharing. Many people might not want to take their 1. I’ve socially connected – even if only in a small way – with people I haven’t seen in years. What is composition, you ask? In essence, when you compose a shot, you’re choosing how to arrange the visual elements in your frame – elements like lines, shapes, colors and light. Creative Bloq is part of Future plc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. Before you sign up for a sharing service, you’re typically asked to agree to that service’s Terms & Conditions of Use or a similarly-named policy outlining what you and the service provider can and cannot do as it pertains to the service. Available with 128GB storage (12GB RAM), 256GB storage (12GB RAM) and 512GB storage (16GB RAM), storage options are plentiful, though there’s no microSD card support here. Vertical photos work - even the grand masters painted portraits in, um, portrait - but we need to talk about video. But that’s ok! Darker darks can add more mystery to your photo, and blown highlights can look airy. By Andrew Williams, James Artaius, Louise Carey 25 May 2021. They don’t use ultra-low-end tech, their software is tasteful and update support isn’t dropped from the day of release, as happens with some budget brands. Your images will have more of an impact being shared sooner than later. 5 GB is mechanically allocated to you through your iTunes registration. Here’s the idea: If you share anything on social media about the event – a Twitter tweet, a Facebook post, an Instagram photo – you can tag it with the custom hashtag, so that other social media-using attendees can get your take on the event. If you intend to print your work, you may want to weigh the invisibility benefits against the quality costs.  Start keeping your photos safe, now!. If you’re not sure where to start, here are a few basic ideas to help get you in the smartphone photography mindset. All it takes is a little bit of practice!. But there is a way around this. Copyright 2019 The Smartphone Photographer. Facebook is the world’s largest social networking site, with over 1. There are many more genres and tips in our article which you can read here. If, however, you’re looking for the most powerful smartphone you can pick up for a similar price, then there are other better options out there. A visual percept gives you more room to play with the image. Above: After sunset, natural light tends to have a blue cast. Note that the app isn’t a storage service – it doesn’t hold a library of your separate shots. Want to contribute to our website The caption for the shot above was simply, “Shall we?”, tantalising viewers to imagine themselves in the scene, getting ready to venture down the path. This is one of those faults that you might notice afterwards, not immediately. But don’t lose sight of the fact that smartphones still don’t match the quality of DSLRs or even advanced point-and-shoots (the photos from which you can share on platforms like Instagram and Flickr). Here, we've included phones for those who want to spend a more sensible amount for thing that will still take great pictures. Guest poster wanted With a 13mm equivalent field of view, it’s wider than the likes of the Huawei Mate 40 Pro’s ultrawide, though with a 1/2. Suggest a post You can also add filters and blur part of your shot using their radial and linear blur using their tilt-shift function. Guest posts This little printer – it’s not much bigger than your phone – lets you print images from your phone, wirelessly, on Instax film! It’s a bit of a novelty, but we had tons of fun with it when we tried it out, and can see it being great for portrait photographers and anyone with young kids. All you need is a smartphone with a good camera and some general photography guidelines. Outside camera, the Pixel 3a has a plastic body and mid-range Snapdragon 670 CPU. Guest post Some are free, but they often force you to deal with adverts. More data equals more editing flexibility. As a result, your work can quickly become buried and go unseen by people who would otherwise be curious in it – a major downside. It uses the same Sony IMX 363 main sensor as the top-end Pixel 3. If your goal in sharing your work is to build a strong audience, think about how you can use words to get them to connect more with your images (and possibly with you as an individual and an artist). 99 (taxes, shipping and other fees not included). However, that comes at the cost of a bigger file, which if you’re tight for space on your handset, you might want to avoid for everyday use. Just touch what you want in focus on the display and often that will just click into place. Digital Camera World is supported by its masses. When it comes to noise handling the Galaxy S21 Ultra obliterates any grain when lights drop. But did you know that Adobe Photoshop also has a mobile app version? It offers quite many tools to help you edit your photos. As for the phone’s 2MP macro camera, it captures proud shots in perfect lighting, though we decidedly wouldn’t call it a killer feature. Here’s a quick rundown of some of the options available to you. For the other 11 apps, read here. Submit post And over the past year, things for me have changed. With increasing presentment in low light conditions, turning off the flash can be the best thing you do. But Samsung has switched up its strategy for its new Galaxy S21 series of flagship phones. If you’re planning to get into street photography (check out our list of the best cameras for street photography), it’s not a bad idea to know the laws with respect to photography and image sharing in the place where you live. Guest post opportunities Read this article on how to create them so you can give it a try today. Sign up now and get unlimited access to ALL of our courses. Project it on a white wall or a screen, and enjoy the show.  We haven’t shared our smartphone images on our Flickr accounts (yet), but we can see the advantages of giving it a try: The terms of use are more liberal than Instagram’s, the community is serious about photography, and the platform makes it easier to license use of your images. Submit blog post The Redmi Note 9 also uses a MediaTek G85 hardware rather than the more popular Snapdragon 665. They are fun to make and easy to create. One of the first points is to only post your best images. As a general rule, if you choose a more popular phone you’ll have more options when it comes to apps and accessories, and you’ll have an easier time chase down fluctuation parts (like USB cables and chargers). Online reviews with photo examples are a great help here!.   Knowing how your camera’s other modes work will help you have more control over the final look of your shots. There’s only one selfie camera too here. Most, if not all, sharing services these days give you the option of presenting writing alongside your images. No matter where you are, and what your focus, try and aim for a single idea or concept. Talking about lenses for smartphone photography, we cannot forget about macro lenses. Alright, so you’ve got yourself a fancy smartphone – congrats! You’re plausibly itching to start taking awesome photos, but first things first: Let’s make sure you’ve got the best camera app for the job. If you're a keen smartphone photographer, but you don't want to splash your cash on a handset with all the bells and whistles, then the Samsung Galaxy S10e might just be the perfect compromise for you. Want to contribute to our website It looks almost exactly like a Huawei P30 Pro and has a distressingly similar name to the Samsung Galaxy Note 10 Plus, but the Mi Note 10 isn’t a copycat smartphone across the board. We weren’t expecting to see OIS on a phone that costs what the Mi Note 10 does, but it’s here on the primary lens and one of the two telephoto lenses. Your smartphone is a tool to help capture these delights. 4, 70mm module with a 3x eq zoom. They can make subjects and areas in your photograph complementary or independent of each other. While it might be slightly overshadowed by its big brother, the recently released Google Pixel 4a 5G, the example Google Pixel 4a is around $150 cheaper and carries some very respectable specs. Including locating information measure allows people to see on a map where you were when you took your shot!. Android phones tend to lag behind a bit, though the latest round of Android phones – especially phones developed by Google – are edging in. It would not seem half as good value without it. Guest posting rules We’ll tell you which ones, and how to turn them off. Guest posts You give your friends the chance to enjoy your adventures and give you travel tips of their own. This clever app shows you the placement of the sun and moon in relation to the area you want to photograph. We all decided that sharing was the right termination for us. However, the feel of really using the camera is still excellent. Guest post courtesy of 5 GB is mechanically allocated to you through your iTunes registration. This is the style of getting very close to an image and creating a larger than 1:1 ratio of a subject. Geotagging is also very handy when it comes to your pictorial representation. Meanwhile, the front-facing camera has an 8MP sensor. Articles wanted Samsung unapologetically boosts image sharpness and ramps up the contrast and noise reduction in challenging scenes. This means that phone photography is, more often than not, dull – leaving users frustrated and confused. If your goal in sharing your work is to build a strong audience, think about how you can use words to get them to connect more with your images (and possibly with you as an individual and an artist). The Pro mode offers up full control over all five lenses, not to mention a shutter speed of up to 32 seconds and an ISO of up to 3200. Imagine the view finder or LCD screen as having two lines that split up the image vertically, and two horizontally. Guest post courtesy of We all decided that sharing was the right termination for us. It’s very much geared towards creating a fussy aesthetic (that washed out look that’s popular at the moment) and so only lets you, say, take the highlights down (no up option) and take the shadows up (no down option). This filter is normally called Portrait mode. Thank you for signing up to Digital Camera World. Gone are the days of single-camera smartphones. It may seem a little silly at first, to ikon such small things. Publish your guest post If you need a little more guidance on what app to use, here’s a quick rundown of the major players in the editing app market (but make sure to take a look at your app store to see what’s available – you may find thing that suits you better!). As with the other sites we’ve talked about so far, hashtags can be used effectively to get your tweets seen by some of its 284 million active users. Is it spontaneous to use? Do you like the look of the photos? Does it seem like the right fit for the price?.


Printing Your Images guest column

The best way to keep your cell phone still while photographing is by using a tripod. Though smartphones may never rival a dedicated DSLR or mirrorless camera such as those used by serious photographers, they can still capture some impressive images (our best camera phones list has those that take the best snaps). 8-inch screen size with and a 227g body. Above: In the first image, the diagonal lines of the trees and picnic table give the shot a more dynamic feel. Accepting guest posts We massed tripods and tripod mounts for both Android and iPhone devices. The trend is towards posting smartphone photos, but expect to see a good number of videos, shots taken with other types of cameras, and non-photographic material (like paintings or digital creations) too. For more case recommendations, read here. Become guest writer A quick Google search of your model plus the terms ‘case’ or ‘screen protector’ will help you track down good options. This post was written by Above: In the first image, the diagonal lines of the trees and picnic table give the shot a more dynamic feel. Different phones have different specialities, so if you have specific needs in mind (say, you want to take photos at night) it's worth shopping around to see what's most suitable. A point and shoot camera that sticks to a smartphone. This clever app shows you the placement of the sun and moon in relation to the area you want to photograph. Want to write for While the design is probably a 7. This might be good for a huge vista, but it's not so good for analytic your subjects against the background, and can produce uncomplimentary portraits of even the most photogenic of us. As a plus, if you run regular backups of your images to your computer and hard drives, you’ll be able to delete old shots from your phone and free up valuable space for new images!. Use this navigation below to jump around to various sections on this page. Many of them have the same task in mind, managing your exposure levels and contrast. It lets you work with long exposures. Both candid images and planned shots are possible. When you assail your subject with empty space – or unfavourable space, as photographers call it – it simplifies your frame. If you’re wanting to share a lot of writing alongside your photos, you may treasure the Tumblr format, as it isn’t so rigidly focused on promoting images over words. Apart from making calls, it is your way to the World Wide Web on the move. Sponsored post by (Pocket-lint) - Over the past decade or so, we've seen the compact camera market crash, photo sharing explode and smartphones evolve into the most important cameras around. At the moment, it’s geared much more towards written content – like news, jokes, life updates – than images, but the indefinite quantity is there (and it seems to us like the company is trying to evince that, so better image-sharing features may be on their way!). The small sensor of the iPhone is the reason why shake is visible. We used Lightroom to clean up the horizontal and vertical lines, and made the colours pop by increasing contrast, whites and saturation. The iPhone 7’s night photos are pretty poor for a phone of this price. It may take a few tries to track down an app you find intuitive to use and that contains the features you’re after. That being said, if you’re okay diving into Pro mode and bumping up the shutter speed or ISO, that’s always an option. Talking about lenses for smartphone photography, we cannot forget about macro lenses. My default is to shoot on HDR, as the resulting shot looks more true to life in its gradation of light to dark tones and its color (counterintuitive, but there we are!). Read here on what app to use and how the subject matter can benefit you. The Hasselblad True Zoom joined with the Moto Z and came up with a mixture for this shortcoming. This post was written by Everyone will ask you how you did it. Suggest a post Clockwise from top left, the filters are: No filter (original image), HB2, M5, B5, T1, and A4. Guest post opportunities So you decide to take photos of the newborn yourself. Submit blog post Another common mistake is missing that focus on your subject. It can lead to people screaming and running away as if Godzilla was in town. This is a guest post by Camera phones are not nearly as powerful DSLRs. It would have made more sense to either position the ultra-wide camera higher in the array, or change the shape to a square or a orientation strip. The Samsung Galaxy A52 5G was proclaimed in March 2021, and it sits pretty much perfectly in the middle of the smartphone offering: neither dirt-cheap nor prohibitively expensive. A smaller version is latent (see above) but it also has its limit on perspective. Here’s a quick rundown of some of the options available to you. Guest post policy Once we’ve got the basics down, we’ll hook you up with some ideas of what to photograph, to help you dive right into smartphone photography. Test out its various modes (panorama, video, etc) in different conditions – like low light, direct sun, and when your subject is moving – to see what the different modes excel at and where they fall a little short. *You know your situation best, so use these tips at your own discretion. But Samsung has switched up its strategy for its new Galaxy S21 series of flagship phones. But chances are that your service will give you a few more options. This concept states that the subject should not only sit in the middle of the frame. Guest posting rules One of the big trends with photo-sharing employment – especially Instagram – is to use the service as a visual diary or journal. Cracking specs and a low price makes this a great budget buy. There’s a lot of choice – we’ll give you a quick rundown of some of the more popular options. That might just be from supporting the phone better - using two hands rather than one - it might be that you need to slow down rather than rush that photo or it might be that you need to support your phone on something solid, like a table or wall. Write for us We in person gravitate towards candid shots and save the more constructive stuff for our DSLRs, but there are tons of great photographers creating impressive portraits of people and animals with their smartphones. Reading is believing, so start believing here. Check out their careful introductions to see which one is the best choice for you. 7-inch 720p screen isn't as bright and doesn't refresh as fast as the flagship models, but that also means that its battery doesn't get gobbled up as fast either. Smartphones seek to expose dark, dimly-lit subjects against bright backgrounds (think shaded landscapes in midday sun). Welcome to our little corner of the Internet. That said, with PDAF and 4K video capture at up to 60fps, it’s definitely one of the more specced out front cameras we’ve used. You can very easily change the shape of your photo afterward, but if it's full of distracting background elements or it's not clear what you're taking a photo of then it's never going to look great. Sometimes tech fans can talk up the annual improvements in phone cameras too much, but three years of progress really adds up, particularly given the focus on low-light quality we’ve seen in the last 18 months. SPECIAL OFFER! FREE for next 4 weeks - Offer Ends in:. I accepted and signed up for Instagram that salutation. Keep the different effects of light in mind as you shoot, and look for light that enhances your message. Imagine the same scene lit by the soft golden light of sunrise versus the harsh, shadow-creating light of midday. Become a contributor Smartphone process has changed recently because of leaps forward in technology. You will receive a verification email shortly. It can be a fun feature to use, especially when you’re travelling, but some folks aren’t well-situated divulging that much data. Fortunately, plenty of smartphone tripods these days come with a ring light. Thank you for signing up to Creative Bloq. ​While we wait for Google to invent an physical property cloak, we have to find other ways to blend in. Submit your content There are even stories of people gaining new clients, remunerative sponsorships and entire careers thanks to their participation in those communities!. Both shots in this section were taken at the 2014 Edmonton Folk Music Festival using my smartphone camera. Above: Against a stark blue background, the branches and leaves of the tree really grab your attention. They are thin bricks of glass, metal, and plastic. Here’s the battery pack we use. Make sure you provide them with a link to your work, too!. Suggest a post Depending on where your images will end up will dictate the programs or applications you will use. The other ten tips to get a feel for Instagram are here in this article. Meet the Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra. Rather than load up all three phones — the S21, S21 Plus and S21 Ultra with top of the line specs, the S21 and S21 Plus are unclothed back. It could be an iPhone or Android, old or new. Above: The diagonal lines of the staircase are a magnet for your eye! Place your subject at the end of those lines, and your viewer is sure to see them!. On the iPhone, night mode will automatically turn on in the right conditions, but on some other phones you might need to select it. You want those selfies to be stellar, so take time to wipe the sweat, grease, or makeup off the lens so you look pin sharp. This resulted in our hand locomotion into the frame more often than not. Above: Against a stark blue background, the branches and leaves of the tree really grab your attention. Frustratingly, Pro mode only works on the wide and ultrawide cameras, so you won’t get control over your telephoto snappers. While the camera phone’s propulsion resolution can’t best higher-spec flagships, capping out at 4K 30fps, the image the Mi Note 10 produces looks first-class in well it seems, and respectable in middling light. While we’ve found the autofocus on our phones to be pretty good, it’s not perfect – sometimes, it misses the focus altogether. Read this article for the multitude of uses this gadget has. One of our recommendations is the Magic Shutter App. Click the links above to learn more!. Artifact Uprising Instagram Photo Book. The reverse is true for shooting subjects brighter than their geographical area. Use our guide to learn and master your smartphone photography. Accepting guest posts And because it’s light and easy to wield, it may also allow you to take shots in situations where a larger camera just wouldn’t work. Sponsored post: Once we’ve got the basics down, we’ll hook you up with some ideas of what to photograph, to help you dive right into smartphone photography. If your goal in sharing your work is to build a strong audience, think about how you can use words to get them to connect more with your images (and possibly with you as an individual and an artist). Additionally, the processing power is likely the limiting factor when it comes to 4K video recording frame rates, explaining away the lack of 4K 60fps capture. They can also give a sense of direction, which in itself is movement in a still image and makes it absorbing. Shooting at 8K might sound totally overkill, but stills pulled from an 8K video look decent enough to share, so it does afford S21 Ultra owners with a bit of extra skillfulness. The Xiaomi Mi Note 10 isn’t just a 108MP camera phone, it’s also a competitively priced handset in almost every respect, combining great design with a big battery, fast charging, and an in-display fingerprint scanner. Especially of those candid moments, where there wasn’t a specific reason to tote your bulkier gear along – like a quick trip to the park or an impromptu soccer game. And "continue" is the operative word here; one of the great things about the Samsung Galaxy A52 5G is that Samsung has committed to keeping it on the list for monthly OS updates, major Android updates and security updates or at least three to four years. If you want to take a great photo and share it with your followers, use your regular phone camera to take the photo, then add it to Instagram or whatever platform you're sending it to. A tripod is an invaluable accessory to have when taking photos with a smartphone. [Note: ExpertPhotography is supported by readers. It can help you improve your fundamental skills, get you inspired, help you build friendships and work relationships, and create for you a visual record of the moments in your life, big and small. That being said, if you’re okay diving into Pro mode and bumping up the shutter speed or ISO, that’s always an option. Submit article By shooting only with my phone over the course of the weekend festival, I sacrificed image quality (especially on the night shot), but saved myself from lugging around and worrying about my DSLR. This will make it look as if you are Skyping a friend, or trying to get a signal.


Smartphone Photography Tips looking for guest posts

These are also called tiny planets and are the act of turning an image or panorama into a little world. Additionally, night mode doesn’t work across the four extra cameras, which holds it back from true greatness when it comes to skillfulness. Your eyes will follow them to the top. In our own Instagramming experience, we’ve come across drawings, paintings, paper art, collages built from flowers, famous paintings rendered in Playdough (yep, really!) – all snapped and shared with the artist’s smartphone!. As an avid photographer, you will need to scout locations. There’s also a 2MP macro camera that, unlike some of the competition, isn’t fixed-focus. Running Android 10 out of the box, the Samsung Galaxy S10e offers a heck of a lot of phone for not very much money. There’s one important missing camera feature, though; video capture taps out at 1080p, 30 frames per second, where many rivals have full 4K capture. A smaller version is latent (see above) but it also has its limit on perspective. But the sun can also present a lot of opportunities and using a low sun to create silhouettes and long shadows is a great way to get something slightly different. As for the phone’s 2MP macro camera, it captures proud shots in perfect lighting, though we decidedly wouldn’t call it a killer feature. Of course, the biggest thing with any camera is to take more photos, even if it means deleting a lot of them. To take photos like a pro, you need to take that photo with the regular camera, make any edits, and then share it via your construction of choice.  When I used a various camera or edited a shot on my computer, you’ll see a note saying so. More and more smartphones hit the market every day with an ever-increasing number of megapixels. It's capable of actuation 4K video at 30fps and 1080p video at 120fps. When it comes to backups, there’s no guarantee that any one system you use is going to work. This one’s Android only, but there are plenty of similar apps out there for other operational systems!. Photography was exciting again. Guest contributor guidelines Despite using the standard 27MP mode most of the time, we can’t overstate just how knock-down the phone’s 108MP mode is when the light is right. Juxtaposition comes from colors that contrast and cause conflict. Submitting a guest post The culture of Instagram is fairly relaxed, though some folks do play by certain rules: Tag photos you haven’t that day with the hashtag #latergram or share those photos on a Thursday (deemed “Throwback Thursday” – hashtag #tbt). To be able to share your images, they need to be the best you can create. It can help you improve your fundamental skills, get you inspired, help you build friendships and work relationships, and create for you a visual record of the moments in your life, big and small. Want to contribute to our website Look for a triangle of light on the subject’s cheek that’s farthest away from the window – this is called Rembrandt lighting, named after the painterly master himself. Guest column In the image above, it's not only homicide into the sun, but it's also using portrait mode to create some unusual results. If you’re shooting with an iPhone X, swipe down the Control Centre, then press and hold the camera icon to display multiple camera options such as Take Selfie or Record Video. And because of the advances in smartphone design, that camera does a pretty decent job! Awesome shots are now within your reach, every where you go. All it takes is a little bit of practice!. When it comes to your smartphone camera, your perspective is limited. They can also give a sense of direction, which in itself is movement in a still image and makes it absorbing. The phone’s styling is bold, but it’s somewhat lost in the black variant. In contrast, Android phones can be made by a bunch of different companies (Samsung, LG, etc. This combination of dirt and oil can produce unsightly flaring, and at worst make your photos appear soft. The passing cars will illuminate the scene, adding this red and white path of light. The power under the hood will, however, slow it down occasionally, especially when you’re taking pictures at the sensor’s full 108MP resolution. Or you might come across an area without your camera. Are you also annoyed by showing your smartphone videos and photos on a tiny screen? The DIY smartphone optical instrument will be the right statement for you. Contribute to this site Your phone is almost always with you, and it is a perfect choice for taking pictures of tiny subjects. Become a contributor If you stand under a very tall building looking up, all the lines will border on. There are no buttons or ports on the left or top-side, with the power and volume buttons on the left, and the USB-C port and SIM tray at the bottom. Google calls this Super Res Zoom, and it combines quadruple exposures taken from a fractionally other position, in order to reckon information “between” the sensor’s own pixels. Above: A single photo with various  VSCO filters applied. Digital Camera World is part of Future US Inc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. One area might be capturing portraits using your smartphone. If you are a big fan of taking selfies and videos with the front camera, then there is no doubt that the quality of the selfie camera is important to you.  If you’re new to editing your images on a computer and are looking to get into it seriously, we recommend checking out Adobe Lightroom – a powerful and intuitive professional editing program. Sponsored post: And in cases where you don’t want to be lugging a heavy (and more valuable) camera around – say at a rowdy music festival – your phone camera may be perfect for the job. Note that the app isn’t a storage service – it doesn’t hold a library of your separate shots. Submit guest post One big area that you can use your cellphone for is macro photography. 7 | Front camera: 8MP | OIS: Yes | Weight: 143 g | Dimensions: 144 x 69 x 8. Samsung doesn’t just make the screens, it goes a long way towards perfecting them with tuning, and the S21 Ultra sets a new reference point. Consider the upgrade if low-light image quality matters more than a zoom lens and superior battery life. The Xiaomi Mi Note 10 isn’t just a 108MP camera phone, it’s also a competitively priced handset in almost every respect, combining great design with a big battery, fast charging, and an in-display fingerprint scanner. In some cases, this app will be exactly what you need! And in some cases…well, let’s just say you can do better. Project it on a white wall or a screen, and enjoy the show. Of course, the biggest thing with any camera is to take more photos, even if it means deleting a lot of them. Most night modes will let you shoot scenes handheld that were impossible on a smartphone just a few years ago - while some will, with more support, give you longer exposures for even better results. Using Facebook, a blog post or dedicated website photo, your images will be around 700px. Plus, Flickr allows you to store your images on their site, which Instagram doesn’t. ​When you buy up a smartphone, it will most likely come pre-programmed with a default camera app. Publish your guest post Read this article on how to create them so you can give it a try today. Become a guest blogger So what do you do? When it comes to backing up photos, you need to store your files in at least three distinct places, to belittle the chance that you totally lose your data. It might sound obvious, but when was the last time you turned your phone over and gave the lens a good clean? A simple wipe with your top will do at a pinch when you’re out and about, but it’s good to use lens cleansing fluid or glasses wipes every so often to lift residual dirt and debris. The resultant group is your composition. You can make both upwards and down adjustments to brightness, contrast, sharpness, shadows, highlights and warmth (no color temperature) and more. Don’t be afraid of layering other forms of composition to lead their eyes to these areas. Great camera array at an affordable price. Sunny conditions are great for taking beautiful pictures with rich blue skies and luscious greens, but think about where the sun is when you pull out your phone. Capturing 360-degree photos getting more and more general. Follow our tips here on how to create the best possible images. It doesn’t compete with the Note 12 Ultra, missing out on the Bluetooth Pen support and the virtually non-existent latency. Read the entire guide here and start improving. This post was written by Many smartphones offer touch focusing. Make sure you provide them with a link to your work, too!. Some phones will allow you to mechanically back up your photos to a cloud server!. What makes this different to a time-lapse is that you move as you capture the images. Guest-blogger Have a look at the case made by Moment.  We can’t wait to see where your smartphone will take your job. Very few phones this cheap have a zoom and an ultra-wide camera. Above: A shot of a finished watercolour painting, and a behind-the-scenes look at a similar project, both taken with my smartphone camera. We recommend looking at reviews that show how image quality changes under incompatible conditions, paying attention to things like contrast, color quality, chroma and sharpness. Google calls this Super Res Zoom, and it combines quadruple exposures taken from a fractionally other position, in order to reckon information “between” the sensor’s own pixels. These lights act as leading lines, bringing your eyes into the image. Looking for guest posts But, on its own, it’s an interesting shot full of details!. Guest posters wanted The second, however, does feature OIS and clocks in at 5MP, while also delivering a 5x zoom as well as a 10x hybrid zoom. Many of them have the same task in mind, managing your exposure levels and contrast. The ability to react to a fleeting moment is half the battle when it comes to snapping a great shot. Read our article and find out what is the best macro lens for iPhone photography. Submit blog post Above: I fresh went territorial division skiing for the first time in ages. Watch for event-specific hashtags popping up at weddings, music festivals, fundraisers, workshops and even plain old parties. Delivering great education, affordably & accessibly to everyone. See if you can play with a friend’s phone, or head to a store to try out a test model. Contributor guidelines They are fun to make and easy to create. Meanwhile, the front-facing camera is a estimable 10MP f/1. This style is available on Instagram, so other apps aren’t needed. Check out our easy tips and create stunning abstract photography with your smartphone. It’s additional ultra-wide and telephoto cameras also fall behind flagships in automatic mode across the board. Great camera array at an affordable price. But don’t ignore your friends and fans either!. One of its clever uses is to make a note of a specific location that you have photographed or wish to return to. These will affect your confidence and style. Guest-blogger Digital Camera World is part of Future plc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. And though there will be exceptions, most folks evince positivity and assist. You can also select your interests for free access to our premium training:. The photos that are stored on your phone may be wiped out. Read here on how to change it easily. If you are on a personal connection, like at home, you can run an anti-virus scan on your device to make sure it is not infected with malware. I’ve socially connected – even if only in a small way – with people I haven’t seen in years. Your battery life will depend on a lot of things (like how much you use your phone and what apps you run in the background), but it’s worth getting an idea of what the maximum battery life is.


Conclusion sponsored post by

) The things you post in public to your Facebook page will show up in your friends’ news feed – aboard posts from all of their other friends, plus advertisers. We go this route to preserve photo quality, pulling our phone shots into Adobe Lightroom for a quick edit and exportation them as full-sized files before printing. If you’re used to shooting with a DSLR or other precocious camera, you’ll quickly learn that your phone can’t capture the same dynamic range – the range of tones between the lightest and darkest point in your scene. If you’re not camera savvy (or phone savvy), check in with someone who is! Don’t know anyone? No worries. Your iPhone can take fantastic photos, but it needs some extra help sometimes. Thank you for signing up to Digital Camera World. Sponsored post: If you’re in the market for a new smartphone, we unfortunately can’t tell you exactly what to buy. Guest posting guidelines Follow our tutorial and build your DIY smartphone projector. pointing towards it - and you might find that a giant lens flare dominates the scene or that subjects are massacred by blown highlights with no detail in those areas. In contrast, Android phones can be made by a bunch of different companies (Samsung, LG, etc. Equivalent Android phones are well less expensive. Guest post courtesy of But in our experience, looking for photo-worthy moments in everyday life makes us better photographers in the long run because it forces us to practice seeing. If you host a blog or another kind of website, smartphone photography and social sharing sites can help you engage an existing audience, and build a new audience, for your work!See, when you post an image to a social sharing site, so long as you have an open profile, pretty much anyone on that site can find it. However, there are so many selfie sticks out there, it’s hard to tell which ones are good and which ones will become useless trash …. There are a few things to think about here. More importantly, I’ve captured the small moments that tend to go unrecorded and so are easily forgotten, but that ultimately form the bulk of our lives: bike rides, dinner parties, afternoons at the country with my nephew. Guest blogger Smartphones are one of the most versatile pieces of instrumentation you will ever own. Guest poster wanted If that's happening, try using your hand to shade the lens, making sure it's not in shot, and you can get a great result. You can even buy some pretty good detachable lenses and filters, which complement the phone optics. England and Wales company registration number 2008885. Above: I fresh went territorial division skiing for the first time in ages. Once you’ve considered all of those extras, it’s time to get your image out there! When you post, and how often, is totally up to you, but you’ll quickly get a feel for what works best – for yourself and your audience – as you spend some time on the sharing service. The iPhone 7’s night photos are pretty poor for a phone of this price. When the first 108MP mobile camera was announced not too long ago, there were less than a handful of devices with such high-megapixel cameras. If it won't focus, you might be too close, peculiarly if it's thing small.  Not sure what you should be looking for? Here are a few things we think a camera app should allow you to do:. Social sharing services are a great place to make connections!. Samsung’s Dynamic AMOLED 2X tech delivers a 120Hz refresh rate, HDR10+ support, 1500-nit peak brightness, and a 1440 x 3200 physical phenomenon (515 PPI pixel density). Read this article to learn how to use Portrait Mode on your iPhone. The average person on the street may be more attuned to the photographer’s front and more likely to change their behaviour as a result (for example, by politely stepping out of your shot). Writers wanted However, that comes at the cost of a bigger file, which if you’re tight for space on your handset, you might want to avoid for everyday use. Guest post courtesy of As a result, your work can quickly become buried and go unseen by people who would otherwise be curious in it – a major downside. If you're going to do this, hold the camera still during exposure or it can all get a bit blurry. You can also select your interests for free access to our premium training:. As with the other sites we’ve talked about so far, hashtags can be used effectively to get your tweets seen by some of its 284 million active users. Meanwhile, this Samsung camera phone has a powerful 3,100mAh battery and uses either the Snapdragon 845 chipset or the Exynos 9810 chipset, depending on what region you're in. These lights act as leading lines, bringing your eyes into the image. Running Android 10 out of the box, the Samsung Galaxy S10e offers a heck of a lot of phone for not very much money. Guest post opportunities And the editing apps are nothing compared to programs like Adobe Lightroom and Photoshop. But, on its own, it’s an interesting shot full of details!. The Plus has a 48-megapixel main camera, 16MP ultra-wide and 5MP depth assist. Guest post guidelines Fujifilm Instax SHARE Smartphone SP-1. Video shot on the S21 Ultra is attractively steadied across resolutions, is optimized for the phone’s screen, and is a treat to capture and watch back. When it comes to backups, there’s no guarantee that any one system you use is going to work. And for times when we can’t pull our more expensive gear out – like when it’s at risk of getting damaged or the position prohibits proper cameras – we use our phones exclusively and are glad for it! A quick example: Say you’re interested in snapping some underwater shots on your next trip but can’t bear to shell out for an submersed housing unit for your DSLR – a much more affordable tight case for your smartphone can make it possible!.  The filters come from the following series (some series may no longer be available):HB2 = Hypebeast X VSCOM5 = Subtle FadeB5 = Black & White MoodyT1 = Faded & MoodyA4 = Aesthetic Series. I’ve made acquaintances with photographers I’ve never met and been glorious (and intimidated) by their incredible work. It’s also a rockstar when it comes to clarity, with its pictures packing clear detail at their sharpest point. This is one of those faults that you might notice afterwards, not immediately. Being forced to focus on those bedrock will do amazing things for your business. Keep the different effects of light in mind as you shoot, and look for light that enhances your message. Because most of us have them – and a lot of us have them out, all the time – people may not take much notice when you use it as a camera. Many smartphones offer touch focusing. One of the big trends with photo-sharing employment – especially Instagram – is to use the service as a visual diary or journal. But lens flare can lead to creative artsy pictures. Take time to make sure that what you want to take a picture of is in focus. Guest blogger guidelines *You know your situation best, so use these tips at your own discretion. In the days where iPhoneography was a new thing, you had to zoom using your feet. The 108 MP main camera isn’t always the most nuanced sharpshooter, but as a package, there’s plenty to love, provided you can handle its hefty size and price tag. Whole communities dedicated to sharing smartphone portraits have sprung up on social-sharing sites. Guest post policy When you buy up through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. There are other easy tricks, like using edges like fences or paths to draw the viewer into the image and give a greater sense of depth and scale - and pay work to the horizon - is your photo level?. All it takes is a little bit of practice!. Harsh sunlight should be limited as not to blow out the highlights. Such a low resolution does your close-up shots no favors, but the macro camera does also have autofocus. If you are new to smartphone photography and want to use Instagram, this article is for you. Read here for more message whether your camera really matters (spoiler -It doesn’t!). 8) | OIS: Yes | Weight: 138 g | Dimensions: 138. What you end up with is an excellent wide-angle stills camera with a peppering of additional camera modules that add versatility, but don’t deliver comparable quality. Everyone needs to have a cellphone case. Everyone and their mother has a smartphone. This is pretty clever, and there are only slight differences in image quality between the Pixel 3a and Pixel 3. Post processing won’t fix a blurry image from a slow shutter ​. This is great for landscapes doused in light during the golden hour. Submitting a guest post Like other iPhones, the processing is elegant and the in-app image preview is more faithful than just about any cheap Android’s. You may need to transfer version 2. Triple-camera arrays are pretty much standard on cheaper phones at this point, and while you won't get crazy features like 100x zoom or stabilised 4K video like you do with thing like the iPhone 12 Pro Max, you still get a  lot for your money. While it might be slightly overshadowed by its big brother, the recently released Google Pixel 4a 5G, the example Google Pixel 4a is around $150 cheaper and carries some very respectable specs. See our article here for the other 9 apps. Submitting a guest post To be able to share your images, they need to be the best you can create. There’s a lot of choice – we’ll give you a quick rundown of some of the more popular options. Guest post policy A tripod is an invaluable accessory to have when taking photos with a smartphone. They allow you to click the shutter from anyplace. They seem to shout out: Hey look! This thing here is so important that it gets its own frame!. Here are a few (usually) non-essentials that you might want to consider, beyond the run-of-the-mill case and screen shielder. The megapixel war is back on and raging stronger than ever. The process of uploading, editing, exporting and posting our images ate into time we felt we should be using to experience and photograph our surroundings. Check them out in this article. Do not use your digital zoom, but get closer or further away physically. One area might be capturing portraits using your smartphone. These lights act as leading lines, bringing your eyes into the image. 2, 26mm lens, selfie specs read predictably. There’s a lot of choice – we’ll give you a quick rundown of some of the more popular options. So, if you’re up for it, share the smartphone photos you capture of your friends, family and pets – and of yourself too!. This is one of the best budget phones for night shooting. We love getting a look into someone else’s life – and that means not only seeing what you do and what you like, but also seeing who you are and who you share all of that with. Sponsored post: Sign up below to get the latest from Creative Bloq, plus exclusive special offers, direct to your inbox!. These days, some smartphone cameras come equipped with image standardisation – a subroutine that reduces blurriness caused by occurrent of the camera. Sign up below to get the latest from Creative Bloq, plus exclusive special offers, direct to your inbox!. We’ll provide you with all you need to know. The best way to immediately improve your portraits and selfies is to move into shade. Which photo makes the subject stand out more? It’s the one with all the empty space!.


Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra review this post was written by

For example, look for patterns in everyday objects. Other cameras are closer to what we expect at the price; an 8MP ultra-wide and a pair of 2MP cameras for depth processing and macro shots. If you want a new, unlocked iPhone 6 with a decent amount of storage space, it will cost you over US$700. White balance is perceptibly cooler than that of the iPhone 11 Pro and Pixel 4, and in certain scenes, images lacked some warmth as a result in Auto mode. This is where you should aim to place the most decisive area of the image. Submitting a guest post Smartphones have wide-angle lenses that inherently produce a long depth of field – meaning the images are mostly going to be pin-sharp from foreground to background. Different phones have different specialities, so if you have specific needs in mind (say, you want to take photos at night) it's worth shopping around to see what's most suitable. Follow our tips here on how to create the best possible images. Want to bring out the best in your photos? Check out our Lightroom editing tutorials! They’ll teach you:. You can use it to write things down and can store your location. Guest author Rather than load up all three phones — the S21, S21 Plus and S21 Ultra with top of the line specs, the S21 and S21 Plus are unclothed back. Plus, we have to admit, it’s awfully nice to be able to scroll through our shots and have a visual record of moments we might other than forget!. Read here on how to change it easily.   Knowing how your camera’s other modes work will help you have more control over the final look of your shots. Portrait Mode is an amazing feature of the newer version of the iPhone. But did you know that Adobe Photoshop also has a mobile app version? It offers quite many tools to help you edit your photos. Thank you for signing up to Digital Camera World. This post was written by Above: A single photo with various  VSCO filters applied. Here’s what that means for your photos: If you want your viewer to look at your subject, place them at the end of a line (or a series of lines, for even more attention-directing power!). Read more: • Best camera phone in 2021 • Best budget camera phones • Best iPhone for photography • Best burner phone • Best 5G phone • Best phablets • Best flip phones • Best phablets. It is your phone after all, so you probably have it with you on all of those occasions anyway! The photos may not be technically as strong as they would be if you used your DSLR but – and here’s the important part – they will be there. 9 | OIS: Yes | Weight: 150g | Dimensions: 142. The 108 MP main camera isn’t always the most nuanced sharpshooter, but as a package, there’s plenty to love, provided you can handle its hefty size and price tag. It helps you blur the background signal and create fantastic portraits of your subjects. Contribute to this site Shooting on a wide aperture, a longer focal length lens (such as an 85mm f/1.  When anyone searches that particular hashtag, your image will show up (along with anyone else’s image tagged with that hashtag). Or, consider framing your video so it works in both vertical, horizontal and square formats so you have the greatest options in the future. Guest-post For this, you will need to look at a lens or two. Submit a guest post More importantly, I’ve captured the small moments that tend to go unrecorded and so are easily forgotten, but that ultimately form the bulk of our lives: bike rides, dinner parties, afternoons at the country with my nephew. By employing pixel binning it shoots at 27MP by default, change of integrity every four pixels into one. Photographers often use the rule of thirds to get the subject into an ideal position. Submit article If you’re taking photos on a smartphone, chances are you’ll want to share them at some point too. You may even want to switch on HDR mode to stop the bright sky from newspaper clipping and bleaching out. A 60-page, 7×7-inch book starts at US$20. Shooting on a wide aperture, a longer focal length lens (such as an 85mm f/1. When photographing people, watch where those shadows fall and think about the best side from which to take a shot - you don't want a represent in front of a exquisite background because you didn't consider that the sun was behind them, for example - but staring into the sun for a portrait is dazzling for the subject too. As with the other sites we’ve talked about so far, hashtags can be used effectively to get your tweets seen by some of its 284 million active users. Essentially all of the photos you’ll see in this guide were taken with and edited on my smartphone, a Nexus 5. The best camera phone in 2019: which is the best smartphone for photography? Google Pixel 4 review iPhone 11 Pro Max review. I’ll be guiding you through the exciting world of smartphone photography!. Submit article Plug into a photo-sharing community like Instagram or Flickr, and get ready to reap the benefits: you’ll connect with friends and other photographers, gain valuable feedback, and get divine. Guest author The resultant group is your composition. Read here on how to execute this in effect. All it takes is a little bit of practice!. The iPhone 7’s night photos are pretty poor for a phone of this price. This style is available on Instagram, so other apps aren’t needed. On the camera front specifically, we want a camera app that’s easy to use (or to know that we can download a better alternative) and great image quality. Here are a few (usually) non-essentials that you might want to consider, beyond the run-of-the-mill case and screen shielder. Guest post by That said, Samsung hasn’t totally snubbed its spec-hungry fans. You are free to pan, tilt or walk while you keep photographing. Either Wi-Fi or your phone’s data plan (if you have one) will do the trick! If you’re not online, you can’t share. The idea is that you stabilise your camera and capture a long exposure of a busy street. Contributor guidelines Routinely, smartphone photography takes place in less than ideal lighting conditions, and users rarely stray from the automatic exposure and focusing the device is preset with. Like Blurb, they offer an Instagram-specific photo book option that allows you to live your book with images taken directly from your feed. So take some time to learn what your phone can actually do and then go out and do it. Instagram is a social media application for image sharing, but it has other uses. We weren’t banking on seeing OIS on such a high-resolution sensor and upper-midrange price, but it’s here on the primary lens as well as on the 5x zoom lens too. As for the phone’s 2MP macro camera, it captures proud shots in perfect lighting, though we decidedly wouldn’t call it a killer feature. Don't snatch at the button, hold things steady and take your time. Reading is believing, so start believing here. Consider things like screen size, resolution, and the quality of the contrast. Google, perhaps, takes things a little further, with Google Photos able to produce some even more dramatic results in the background. The trick is being able to use it when the conditions are not great. Post physical process won’t fix a blurry image from a slow shutter ​. As a result, your work can quickly become buried and go unseen by people who would otherwise be curious in it – a major downside. • The best camera phones you can buy today • The best burner phones • Which is the best iPhone for photography? • 10 iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max camera tips and tricks • The best TikTok lights • Best camera for TikTok. One of the first points is to only post your best images. Guest post guidelines It allows you to edit on the move, and then share immediately. Gone are the days of single-camera smartphones. In turn, if you’re looking for a camera phone first and foremost and want maximum bang for your buck, the Xiaomi Mi Note 10 delivers. A 60-page, 7×7-inch book starts at US$20. A visual percept gives you more room to play with the image. Guest author Such a low resolution does your close-up shots no favors, but the macro camera does also have autofocus. Because most of us have them – and a lot of us have them out, all the time – people may not take much notice when you use it as a camera. Above: A shot of a finished watercolour painting, and a behind-the-scenes look at a similar project, both taken with my smartphone camera. Abstract photography is a great field to use your smartphone for. This will give you a focus on what to photograph. You can download a free 30-day trial of either program here. Become a guest blogger There are a few things to think about here. I might have also drawn too much attention to myself and inadvertently spoiled the moment!. In turn, aboard the P30 Pro and Oppo Reno 10X Zoom, the Mi Note 10 joins the ranks of superzoom smartphones with gusto, dramatic when it comes to clarity in spite of its lower musical harmony 5MP sensor. Guest posting guidelines We massed tripods and tripod mounts for both Android and iPhone devices. Above: The diagonal lines of the staircase are a magnet for your eye! Place your subject at the end of those lines, and your viewer is sure to see them!. The good news is the iPhone 7’s camera still holds up pretty well in time period. You may think you’re backing up to a cloud server, but it may turn out that you accidentally people that function ages ago. Looking for guest posts Most folks may think of Instagram simply as a sharing app, but it also allows you to edit your shots. Looking side-by-side at the results, the character of image texture is a tiny bit different in some areas. You can get this lens from Amazon here. Engage this mode and you can expect to generate an effect where the environment behind your subject is nicely blurred. Equivalent Android phones are well less expensive. Sometimes, using your smartphone to take pictures is obvious. It for certain isn't the cheapest phone on this list (though neither is it the most expensive), and there are certainly phones that beat it in specific categories. Above: A smartphone shot of a paper parrot – part of a series of paper animals I’ve been sharing on my Instagram account. Guest post by Don’t be afraid of layering other forms of composition to lead their eyes to these areas. Here are a few that have caught our eye recently. Accepting guest posts The result is a pocket-friendly handset in terms of both size and price, with fusion technology that delivers highly sizeable photographs and 4K video. ) The things you post in public to your Facebook page will show up in your friends’ news feed – aboard posts from all of their other friends, plus advertisers. You will receive a verification email shortly. First up, respect: Just because you can take a shot with your phone doesn’t mean you should. As a plus, if you run regular backups of your images to your computer and hard drives, you’ll be able to delete old shots from your phone and free up valuable space for new images!. You will receive a verification email shortly. Elsewhere, the Moto G8 Power has a good 6. An extremely solid mid-range phone. A free membership gets you a terabyte of storage space (and you can influence more if you so please!). Powerful internals, a class-leading 10x zoom and a number of fun value adds, not least of all S Pen support give it some standout charm. A top choice for budget buyers. If you are a big fan of taking selfies and videos with the front camera, then there is no doubt that the quality of the selfie camera is important to you. It can be useful to manually override the semiautomatic influence settings by tapping on the dark subject to expose the shadows. They don’t use ultra-low-end tech, their software is tasteful and update support isn’t dropped from the day of release, as happens with some budget brands. There’s a lot of choice – we’ll give you a quick rundown of some of the more popular options. There are lots of smartphone applications out there consecrate to image editing.


Getting Started become guest writer

All in all, there are seven contrary types of cameras you can find …. High feature count and 48MP, at a low cost. Above: Against a stark blue background, the branches and leaves of the tree really grab your attention. And don’t forget that you can transfer 3rd party camera apps that can give you additional functionality. The phone also has plenty of additional modes, from a fun Director’s View which we mentioned above to Pro Video and photo options. Once you’re set up with a sharing service (or two, or three) and you have a photo you want folks to see, it’s time to really share your shot!This can be as simple as taking your photo, applying any edits you want, and posting it through your sharing service. Guest posters wanted Whether you’re cropping into an image or want to blow it up, no other smartphone comes close. Please refresh the page and try again. But some camera phones support shooting at faster frame rates (for slow motion video). Starting with that gargantuan megapixel-count, the headline feature of the Mi Note 10 is made possible by Samsung’s Isocell Bright HMX 108MP 1/1. It doesn’t happen often, but they may just get in touch with you to see if they can repost it or license it!. It would have made more sense to either position the ultra-wide camera higher in the array, or change the shape to a square or a orientation strip. If you’re used to shooting with a DSLR or other precocious camera, you’ll quickly learn that your phone can’t capture the same dynamic range – the range of tones between the lightest and darkest point in your scene. 9, 240mm module which delivers that coveted 10x optical magnification that only the P40 Pro Plus has  achieved in recent years. As a general rule, the better the camera features, the more expensive the phone will be. For example, when you want to avoid camera shake, you need a tripod. The Samsung Galaxy A52 5G was proclaimed in March 2021, and it sits pretty much perfectly in the middle of the smartphone offering: neither dirt-cheap nor prohibitively expensive. It can replace remote controls for most TVs and set-top boxes. You may need to transfer version 2. You only have to keep your eyes open and look for them. When the first 108MP mobile camera was announced not too long ago, there were less than a handful of devices with such high-megapixel cameras. Plug into a photo-sharing community like Instagram or Flickr, and get ready to reap the benefits: you’ll connect with friends and other photographers, gain valuable feedback, and get divine. Chances are, too, that they may be some of your favourite images because they capture the people in your life that are most momentous to you. Contribute to this site That's why it's worth shopping around. If you're a keen smartphone photographer, but you don't want to splash your cash on a handset with all the bells and whistles, then the Samsung Galaxy S10e might just be the perfect compromise for you. But beware busy and cluttered backgrounds, as the filter (try as it might) sometimes can’t keep up. We can, at least, tell you a bit about what to look for in a smartphone from a photographic sense. Editing images on your smartphone has many advantages. Guest posting guidelines And though there will be exceptions, most folks evince positivity and assist. You can also take 360-degree panorama photos with your phone. This is a guest post by These will help you capture stunning images. My camera also has a lens blur social occasion that allows me to mimic a shallow depth of field, but it’s a bit clunky so I don’t use it much. It may take a few tries to track down an app you find intuitive to use and that contains the features you’re after. The Plus has a 48-megapixel main camera, 16MP ultra-wide and 5MP depth assist. Guest posters wanted When you buy up through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. Your smartphone has every feature for this challenging topic. You need to make sure you don’t lose it – and all your photos – for good. So until the day arrives where I bring myself to tote around multiple devices, always at the ready, it’s me and my smartphone. Taking passport photos of a baby at home is not as complex as you might think. Above: Lightroom can help you make more complex and subtle edits than a camera editing app. The Samsung Galaxy A52 5G was proclaimed in March 2021, and it sits pretty much perfectly in the middle of the smartphone offering: neither dirt-cheap nor prohibitively expensive. This is a good way to manage and process your images if you are out on the road and far from your laptop. There’s no doubt that smartphone cameras have come a long way over the years. Want to write for It can be useful to manually override the semiautomatic influence settings by tapping on the dark subject to expose the shadows. This is a guest post by Here’s what that means for your photos: If you want your viewer to look at your subject, place them at the end of a line (or a series of lines, for even more attention-directing power!). It’s a great way to engage your audience with your art, and allows you to keep with the spirit of sharing service  that’s more geared towards photography. Submit your content If you are at an office or shared network, you can ask the network administrator to run a scan across the network looking for misconfigured or infectious devices. The culture of Instagram is fairly relaxed, though some folks do play by certain rules: Tag photos you haven’t that day with the hashtag #latergram or share those photos on a Thursday (deemed “Throwback Thursday” – hashtag #tbt). If you’re shooting with an iPhone X, swipe down the Control Centre, then press and hold the camera icon to display multiple camera options such as Take Selfie or Record Video. If you have non-photo art you want to share, view posting shots of it alongside your photography, or create a totally new account dedicated to your craft!. Become a contributor You’ll find people who chase particular shades, and some whose galleries seem to change color over time.  (Not quite there yet? Start taking photos with your phone regularly, and in no time, the world will be full of photographic potential!)But nowadays, most of us keep our phones with us all the time, which means most of us have a camera with us all the time too. Want to take your photography to new heights?. Shooting modes: There’s plenty inside the camera UI to sink your teeth into beyond automatic modes. Contribute to our site A tripod is an invaluable accessory to have when taking photos with a smartphone. Unless you’re one of those pleasing people who carries their favourite camera with them at all times, at the ready, chances are that you often watch great photographic opportunities pass by you. However, since there are just so many selfie stick tripods out there, it can be hard to find the right one for you, or even …. Operating systems & device compatibility. Guest post: The Google Pixel 4a is a great example of a phone with decent specs and an affordable price to match. An interesting remark or shadow can be a subject in its own right. Despite using the standard 27MP mode most of the time, we can’t overstate just how knock-down the phone’s 108MP mode is when the light is right. You will receive a verification email shortly. Publish your guest post Social sharing services are a great place to make connections!. Guest-post However, since there are just so many selfie stick tripods out there, it can be hard to find the right one for you, or even …. In the box below, you’ll find some of the main points you may want to canvas from a physical process perspective. Guest article While that might remove distracting detail from the panorama and help the subject pop, it can also make photos look a little artificial. While we ribbed Xiaomi for copying the Huawei P30 Pro design, the phone is still a beauty. Anyone who wants an Apple watch, for example, will need an iPhone 5 (or a newer model). You can easily practice your craft – and add to your visual record – every single day. Guest blogger However, chances are that while some of your friends and family may be on the other sharing platforms, almost all of them probably have a Facebook account. If you think your image is to the point to them, you may want to apply their hashtag to it to increase the chance that they see it. Abstract photography is a great field to use your smartphone for. Its zoom and ultra-wide use unremarkable 8-megapixel sensors, but that sense of having a better set of tools to work with still enhances the get here. Submit blog post Color can play a huge role in your images! Just think about it! Color can change the mood of your scene: an image filled with rainbow shades will feel a lot different than one with muted tones, and an image in color will feel disparate than that same image converted to black and white. VSCO Cam This editing app for iOS- and Android-enabled phones is one of the most popular out there, thanks in part to its range of filters (both free and paid). This way, the results will be more stunning and professional. If you’re looking for ways to make your photography stand out – whether you’re shooting with your smartphone or a different camera – check out awesome eBook, The Creativity Field Guide. Blurb is one of the biggest names in self-publishing and album publication. Guest posts The front flash can often help you get a selfie in dark conditions where you'd otherwise get nothing at all. Whether it’s wavy, straight or curved or implied (like a line created by loosely spaced people), our eyes will latch onto the line and follow it to the end. First up, introductions! I’m Stephanie. It sticks with Touch ID instead of Face ID, and boasts Qi wireless charging. Facebook is the world’s largest social networking site, with over 1. You can use it to edit your images too. We’ll tell you which ones, and how to turn them off.  We haven’t shared our smartphone images on our Flickr accounts (yet), but we can see the advantages of giving it a try: The terms of use are more liberal than Instagram’s, the community is serious about photography, and the platform makes it easier to license use of your images. If you do it well, nobody will even think of asking you what device you used for taking the photos. Suggest a post Let's start with horsepower: the Snapdragon 730G processor inside isn’t going to deliver the high-end performance as the Snapdragon 855, as found in the Google Pixel 4 will, or that of the 855 Plus, which is in the ZTE Nubia Z20. These are great when moving isn’t an option. If you’re wanting to share a lot of writing alongside your photos, you may treasure the Tumblr format, as it isn’t so rigidly focused on promoting images over words. Imagine the scene with a tic-tac-toe grid over the top. It takes more than raising the camera and pressing the shutter. Guest post The 108 MP main camera isn’t always the most nuanced sharpshooter, but as a package, there’s plenty to love, provided you can handle its hefty size and price tag. Another popular name in the photo book market is Artifact Uprising – an American printer owned by VSCO (the same ones who make the apps). You can easily practice your craft – and add to your visual record – every single day. By shooting only with my phone over the course of the weekend festival, I sacrificed image quality (especially on the night shot), but saved myself from lugging around and worrying about my DSLR. With a 12 MP ultrawide, the Galaxy S21 Ultra’s all-seeing eye drops the resolution, and with it, the aperture too, to a (still respectable) f/2. Very few phones this cheap have a zoom and an ultra-wide camera. © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. Become guest writer The best part is that you don’t need any fancy equipment, only a few simple propr. The general rule of thumb here is to make sure your image meshes with the style of the social sharing site. Reflections and shadows are great weather condition to play with in your photos!. All it takes is a little bit of practice!. But say you don’t want to crop your shot. Read here on how to create one. Typically, smartphone users will purchase a certain amount of data from their phone provider, which specifies how much data they can use per billing cycle before they’re charged an overage fee. Guest posting rules One of the most spacious smartphone accessories ever made is the selfie stick tripod. You’ll kick yourself if you scratch your pricey phone because you were unwilling to shell out a few extra bucks for the protective gear!. Here’s the good news: When you’re limited technically, you have to push yourself in other ways to make a shot work. I share smartphone shots daily on Instagram at @stephanie. Samsung unapologetically boosts image sharpness and ramps up the contrast and noise reduction in challenging scenes. What’s even more awesome is a tripod with a remote shutter because it allows you to not only support the camera, but also take good, full-body pictures of yourself from up …. In the second, my reflection forms part of the subject (along with my rubber boots), while the reflection of the trees serves as a frame. Become guest writer Plus, we have to admit, it’s awfully nice to be able to scroll through our shots and have a visual record of moments we might other than forget!. Want to contribute to our website Whether you're looking for a budget Android phone or you want to stick with Apple and get a budget iPhone, you can pick up a fantastic phone with a great camera system for a fraction of the price of the absolute best camera phones. To know what they are, and use them immediately, you must read our article here. We’ll tell you which ones, and how to turn them off. Once you’ve considered all of those extras, it’s time to get your image out there! When you post, and how often, is totally up to you, but you’ll quickly get a feel for what works best – for yourself and your audience – as you spend some time on the sharing service. Light can change the color of your shot, too! For example, daylight tends to be neutral or slightly blue, sunrise and sunset light tends to be warm, and the light before sunrise and after sunset is much more blue. But lens flare can lead to creative artsy pictures. Guest posting rules Above: To be fair to my phone, I was taking this shot while I was on a moving bicycle, and my subject was moving too. Another popular name in the photo book market is Artifact Uprising – an American printer owned by VSCO (the same ones who make the apps).


Keeping Your Images Safe want to contribute to our website

Rounding off, the huge 5,000mAh battery, which charges at up to 25W wired, and at 15W with a wireless charger, the S21 Ultra lasts a full day even with comparatively heavy use. But in our experience, looking for photo-worthy moments in everyday life makes us better photographers in the long run because it forces us to practice seeing. Depending on where in the world you are, the S21 Ultra will come with one of two manageable chipsets. Nowadays, there are some marvellous (and weird) lenses. But don’t ignore your friends and fans either!. They can draw your eye to a subject, or take it away, out of the frame. And one of the big ones for us is that it helps us build relationships – not just with folks we meet along the way, but also with family, friends and friends-to-be disconnected across the world. Submit an article It doesn’t guarantee invisibility, of course, but it can help to take some of the pressure off the folks around you, making you more able to capture that unspoiled scene. Guest author Keeping it steady will give you much better photos. It shoots at 27MP by default, compounding four pixels into one to produce a better photo. Apps are what turns your cellphone into a smartphone. Sponsored post: If you intend to print your work, you may want to weigh the invisibility benefits against the quality costs. Elsewhere, the Moto G8 Power has a good 6. There are some peculiarly designed for smartphone photography. Release date: April 2020 | Rear cameras: 12-megapixel, 28mm f/1. It is your phone after all, so you probably have it with you on all of those occasions anyway! The photos may not be technically as strong as they would be if you used your DSLR but – and here’s the important part – they will be there. There are lots of smartphone applications out there consecrate to image editing. They are thin bricks of glass, metal, and plastic. But now that number is increasing, albeit very slowly right …. The camera’s Night mode is the part we prize most. England and Wales company registration number 2008885. Become an author 2) | 5MP (color filter) | Front camera: 16MP | OIS: Yes | Weight: 199 g | Dimensions: 165. To keep the quality of the print high, we keep the size of the print small – with our 8 megapixel smartphone camera, prints of 4×6 or smaller looked the best. Windy conditions make it challenging and frustrating to photograph. Submit guest post So, if you’re up for it, share the smartphone photos you capture of your friends, family and pets – and of yourself too!. Submit content Shooting modes: There’s plenty inside the camera UI to sink your teeth into beyond automatic modes. It’s easier than pie, takes just a little effort to get started, and the potential benefits can be huge! In this section, we’ll go over the basics of sharing your work online, talk about some of the pros and cons, and tell you a bit about the vibrant smartphone photography communities out there today. Although named Portrait mode, this occasion works well on any subject that benefits from a touch of isolation from the background. If you’re looking to share or print your images at larger sizes, as a very general rule more megapixels on a phone is better. While these apps aren’t as omnipotent as the professional-level editing programs you might have on your computer, they do allow you to make coarse adjustments to your images, quickly, often for no cost or just a few dollars.   A tripod keeps your cellphone stuck to the object it is placed on. Submit guest article While in the past, there was an issue with heat organisation on Exynos powered devices, the 2100 improves things to the point of near parity. The Mi Note 10 isn’t perfect, but as a camera phone, it’s the best you’ll get for its €549 ($609 / £472) asking price. That being said, if you’re okay diving into Pro mode and bumping up the shutter speed or ISO, that’s always an option. ​While we wait for Google to invent an physical property cloak, we have to find other ways to blend in. It can replace remote controls for most TVs and set-top boxes. We humans are inquisitive creatures. Once you have an account, you can start sharing your photos – either by feeding them into the app via your camera app or editing app, or by taking a photo straightaway through the Instagram app itself. So you know you won't be buying a lemon that nothing will work with in a year's time. It uses the same Sony IMX 363 main sensor as the top-end Pixel 3. Please refresh the page and try again. Our tips and tricks will help get you started on this social media political program. Want to write for Whole communities dedicated to sharing smartphone portraits have sprung up on social-sharing sites.  Your phone sits in your pocket at an unnoticeable 140g. Modern cellphones are somewhat fragile, and not adverse to water. Some folks aren’t happy with Instagram’s Terms of Use, which gives the company license to use your work (your use of the service serves as your permission). One tip for capturing stunning portraits with your smartphone is to use soft light rather than harsh light. It can be useful to manually override the semiautomatic influence settings by tapping on the dark subject to expose the shadows. Become an author You can use it to write things down and can store your location. Note that the app isn’t a storage service – it doesn’t hold a library of your separate shots. Get 8 classes for free and access them for Life. Here’s the idea: If you share anything on social media about the event – a Twitter tweet, a Facebook post, an Instagram photo – you can tag it with the custom hashtag, so that other social media-using attendees can get your take on the event. This is a guest post by Some folks aren’t happy with Instagram’s Terms of Use, which gives the company license to use your work (your use of the service serves as your permission). Alright, so you’ve got yourself a fancy smartphone – congrats! You’re plausibly itching to start taking awesome photos, but first things first: Let’s make sure you’ve got the best camera app for the job. The most notable is the way backlit subjects can look slightly washed out, with dynamic range occasionally losing out to the likes of the Huawei Mate 40 Pro or iPhone 12 Pro Max. But chances are that your service will give you a few more options. That means it’s far easier to adjust exposure levels, check white balance and cook up colours when editing in apps like Snapseed, VCSO and Halide (take a look at our guide to the best photo editing apps). You’ll need an app that will build borders onto your rectangular shot, so that the image plus the borders creates a square. However, the G8 Power does not have the dedicated night mode of the Motorola Moto G8 Plus. As it stands, the Mi Note 10 won’t be useable in the US, however, it’s European, and UK release are pegged for a January 2020 launch at a price of at €549 ($609 / £472). But for now, here's the best of the budget range…. Many sharing services these days encourage users to interact with each other. When we came across a particularly stunning shot, we made a note of its location and plans to check the place out. Equivalent Android phones are well less expensive. You spend the whole day groping your phone, so make sure you wipe away those smeary marks before you start snapping. So take advantage of it! Purposefully create images that capture with blurry elements – they can lend your photos a more dynamic feeling. If you’re not sure you want to commit, you can transfer a free 30-day trial here. There are specific cellphone applications to help your landscape photography. Become guest writer Light trails are a great way to capture interesting night time smartphone photography images. With a 13mm equivalent field of view, it’s wider than the likes of the Huawei Mate 40 Pro’s ultrawide, though with a 1/2. Including locating information measure allows people to see on a map where you were when you took your shot!. Guest posting rules  But unless you’re one of those admirable, dedicated folks who always has that camera on them all the time, at the ready, you’re likely not taking as many photos of people as you like. But there are other useful accessories that can improve your iPhone photography. Stand under the shadow of a tree or building and notice the soft, diffuse light that wraps around the face. To take photos quickly you should learn your smartphone’s shortcut for accessing the camera. There’s also nothing new on the camera front from a hardware point of view; and both have plastic backs too — a step down from glass on all the S20s. Now contrast that to Android phones. Guest post opportunities It has a basic degree of water resistance, looks very similar to much more expensive phones and has an IR blaster. Use this light to correctly expose the ikon based on the skin tone. This process is a great way to show off landscapes, portraits, and low-light scenes. It's not the best iPhone for photography you can buy, obviously, since there have been many new models since. You can very easily change the shape of your photo afterward, but if it's full of distracting background elements or it's not clear what you're taking a photo of then it's never going to look great. You will receive a verification email shortly. I’ve spent hours editing and captioning (and re-editing and re-captioning) photos. The best camera phone in 2019: which is the best smartphone for photography? Google Pixel 4 review iPhone 11 Pro Max review. This style is carried over to the phone’s additional cameras, though they unsurprisingly fare worse when it comes to dynamic range and detail than the main sensor. Lines are a great way to help compose your images to give them that extra wow factor. Guest posts wanted This will provide similarly distributed light as open shade, but with more directionality. White balance is perceptibly cooler than that of the iPhone 11 Pro and Pixel 4, and in certain scenes, images lacked some warmth as a result in Auto mode. The good news is the iPhone 7’s camera still holds up pretty well in time period. You will need to keep your camera as still as possible. You can also select your interests for free access to our premium training:.   A tripod keeps your cellphone stuck to the object it is placed on. Guest blogger guidelines Now that I’ve walked you through the nuts and bolts of sharing your work, let’s take a second to reflect on why you’d want (or not want) to put your smartphone photos online for the world to see. Investing in a trigger trap can mean you can capture that candid image every time.  So, what’s the plus? When you can’t rely on your technical or editing powers to create a great shot, you have to go back to the basics: Composition. It’s always been good, and while its photos aren’t as nuanced as some of the best out there, matched with a 10x zoom, a decent ultrawide, and plenty of shooting modes, the camera system, on the whole, makes it one of the best camera phones of 2021. Different phones have different specialities, so if you have specific needs in mind (say, you want to take photos at night) it's worth shopping around to see what's most suitable. Guest column From friends and family, to travel landscapes. This little printer – it’s not much bigger than your phone – lets you print images from your phone, wirelessly, on Instax film! It’s a bit of a novelty, but we had tons of fun with it when we tried it out, and can see it being great for portrait photographers and anyone with young kids. Read here for more message whether your camera really matters (spoiler -It doesn’t!). Here are a few of the pros and cons. The trick is being able to use it when the conditions are not great. Shoot too close to the sun - i.  If you don’t like the effect a light source is having on your image, change it up – turn off an overhead light and shoot only with window light, come back to your shot at sunset instead of midday, or lay yourself (or your subject) until the light falls where you want it to. It uses the same Sony IMX 363 main sensor as the top-end Pixel 3.


Getting Started blog for us

The photos that are stored on your phone may be wiped out. Manufacturers can know that if they make an iPhone accessory, it will be compatible with a huge number of phones. Getting started with Instagram is easy: Simply download the app and create an account. Use our guide to learn and master your smartphone photography. Essentially all of the photos you’ll see in this guide were taken with and edited on my smartphone, a Nexus 5. ​There are plenty of reasons to take photos on your next vacation or adventure: You’ll be doing cool things that you’ll want to remember, you’ll be visually inspired by a change of scenery, you’ll have more time for it. As for the 40MP front camera, in a turn for the books, Samsung actually applies less demulcent and processing to selfies, so they pick up more grain in auto mode than photos from the main camera. Expert Photography © 2011-2021. Triple-camera arrays are pretty much standard on cheaper phones at this point, and while you won't get crazy features like 100x zoom or stabilised 4K video like you do with thing like the iPhone 12 Pro Max, you still get a  lot for your money. If, however, you’re looking for the most powerful smartphone you can pick up for a similar price, then there are other better options out there. Suggest a post You have to get it right in-camera – your app’s not going to save you from bigger mistakes! Here are a few things we look for when we compose photos with our smartphones:. While in the past, there was an issue with heat organisation on Exynos powered devices, the 2100 improves things to the point of near parity. But the sun can also present a lot of opportunities and using a low sun to create silhouettes and long shadows is a great way to get something slightly different.   The sky makes for great negative space, but look for non-distracting space elsewhere too – in architecture or even nature! Just make sure there aren’t any major elements (like bursts of color or major lines) that draw your eye away. Flickr is a photo-sharing site that’s been around since 2004. It can be a fun feature to use, especially when you’re travelling, but some folks aren’t well-situated divulging that much data. Write for us Do they enhance your message, or ambivalence with it? Do they direct attention to your subject, or distract from it? If the colors aren’t working, and you don’t intend to convert to black and white, consider recomposing!. But you can also edit your images in Lightroom. Submit a guest post You will receive a verification email shortly. Contribute to our site Through apps, you can do almost thing on your phone. Some Instagrammers take their intellection of color a step further by paying magnet to how the colors mesh across different photos in their gallery. Looking for guest posts Do you have a camera phone but know nothing about its camera? Perhaps it was given to you as a gift and you’d like to know if it can take good photos or not. So pay close attention to the colors in your scene. This post was written by Vying for the title of best camera phone in 2020 is the 108MP Xiaomi Mi Note 10, an Android phone that costs the same as low-cost flagships like the Asus Zenfone 6 and OnePlus 7T, despite packing groundbreaking imaging tech inside. Submit article If you want to unleash the phone’s full pixel-power, though, you can crank up the resolution to create 12,032 x 9,024, 108. So whenever you publish a great new blog post, or add new images to your portfolio, consider sharing a relevant image on a social sharing site like Instagram to give folks a heads up. Other than that, it all comes down to your creativeness. You can also change the tone of highlights and shadows, add grain or fade, and make a few other stylistic adjustments. There’s a lot of choice out there!. The front is all-screen, with a 90 percent screen to body ratio and a cutout selfie camera. You make tiny subjects and objects much larger than they would be. But with a few tips, you can improve your action shot photography. You want to capture a moment and you’re afraid you’re going to miss it. But don’t ignore your friends and fans either!. Is there a way to check the quality of your phone’s camera even if you don’t have the box or manual? Sure, there is. Guest post guidelines Elsewhere, the Moto G8 Power has a good 6. A free membership gets you a terabyte of storage space (and you can influence more if you so please!). Become a contributor There are specific cellphone applications to help your landscape photography. Please refresh the page and try again. The reverse is true for shooting subjects brighter than their geographical area. Guest post- The Plus has a 48-megapixel main camera, 16MP ultra-wide and 5MP depth assist. When you buy up through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. The best results from your phone will come with knowing what results you're going to get from it when using the cameras it offers - and having thing to photograph, of course. Reading is believing, so start believing here. Juxtaposition comes from colors that contrast and cause conflict. Guest post opportunities This shift isn’t too surprising. When it comes to detail, shooting at the downsampled 27MP leaves you with ample image information with which to crop in a fair bit - so you don’t always need to bump up to 108MP if you know you’ll want to reframe your shot. Looking for guest posts Nevertheless, the iPhone 7 has a camera from the age where we had already locked onto high-quality 12-megapixel sensors. Here are a couple of review sites we commend checking out before you buy. The iPhone SE (2020) is a brilliant proposition: a $399 / £415 / AU$749 iPhone that takes the form factor and camera of the iPhone 8, and pairs it with the processor and software magic of the iPhone 11 Pro. Reflections and shadows are great weather condition to play with in your photos!. Read more about macro smartphone photography here. Plug into a photo-sharing community like Instagram or Flickr, and get ready to reap the benefits: you’ll connect with friends and other photographers, gain valuable feedback, and get divine. Even if the sun isn’t in your image, the angle can still hit the glass of your lens and bounce around inside. It takes more than raising the camera and pressing the shutter. Sponsored post by The trend is towards posting smartphone photos, but expect to see a good number of videos, shots taken with other types of cameras, and non-photographic material (like paintings or digital creations) too. Guest column Read our full review here to see if it’s something you might want to add to your kit. Sponsored post While many phones now offer optical image stabilisation and AI correction for hand-shake, being stable is often the best thing you can do. Leaving your camera on its default settings will produce blurry results. We personally look for a smartphone that has a great camera and suits our other phone needs, prioritizing an easy-to-use operative system, great aesthetics, a good price and a fair warranty. The Galaxy S21 Ultra is a beast. So until the day arrives where I bring myself to tote around multiple devices, always at the ready, it’s me and my smartphone. This results in shots that look crisp until you pinch in, after which aggressive process is visible. Read here for more message whether your camera really matters (spoiler -It doesn’t!). By Basil Kronfli 06 January 2020. It would have made more sense to either position the ultra-wide camera higher in the array, or change the shape to a square or a orientation strip. As you find yourself turning more and more to your phone, you will enjoy a few tips. The iPhone creates a digital depth of field and not an optical one, through the lenses. Another popular name in the photo book market is Artifact Uprising – an American printer owned by VSCO (the same ones who make the apps). When it comes to noise handling the Galaxy S21 Ultra obliterates any grain when lights drop. You won’t get a sharper camera phone for the price; we can say that with confidence, but there’s no getting around the fact the phone’s power has trouble keeping the phone feeling snappy when processing those big-pixel-count images. It may take a few tries to track down an app you find intuitive to use and that contains the features you’re after. Above: To combat the low light conditions of the restaurant, my phone automatically designated a low shutter speed. Become a contributor Both the Galaxy S21 and the S21 Plus sport lower resolution screens than last year’s S20 and S20 Plus. Through apps, you can do almost thing on your phone. Guest post courtesy of A new adaptive refresh rate means the Galaxy S21 family can mechanically switch between a power-saving 10Hz and a silky smooth 120Hz. You want those selfies to be stellar, so take time to wipe the sweat, grease, or makeup off the lens so you look pin sharp. (Pocket-lint) - Over the past decade or so, we've seen the compact camera market crash, photo sharing explode and smartphones evolve into the most important cameras around. By image stacking, you help to bring out the details from the highlights and shadowy areas. It can be shot at up to 30fps in 8K, 60fps in 4K, and with directional audio as well as a combination of OIS and EIS at play, is dependably good across the board. Guest post- And for times when we can’t pull our more expensive gear out – like when it’s at risk of getting damaged or the position prohibits proper cameras – we use our phones exclusively and are glad for it! A quick example: Say you’re interested in snapping some underwater shots on your next trip but can’t bear to shell out for an submersed housing unit for your DSLR – a much more affordable tight case for your smartphone can make it possible!. Want to write for Above: The same image with two different crops. Please enable Cookies and reload the page. To know what they are, and use them immediately, you must read our article here. The curved glass front and back mask just how thick it is, and while it’s heavy at over 200g, it feels manageable. All it takes is a little bit of practice!. It takes work and restraint to post only photos that fit within a color scheme, but it’s a great way to push yourself to get out and look for a shot!. Operating systems & device compatibility. It helps you keep the camera steady and also frees your hands to do other things. If your goal in sharing your work is to build a strong audience, think about how you can use words to get them to connect more with your images (and possibly with you as an individual and an artist). Guest post opportunities Not to mention all the food we eat. We haven’t tried them ourselves, but reviews abound!. This means that phone photography is, more often than not, dull – leaving users frustrated and confused. To know what they are, and use them immediately, you must read our article here. Guest posting If you’re wanting to share a lot of writing alongside your photos, you may treasure the Tumblr format, as it isn’t so rigidly focused on promoting images over words. Guest-post When we came across a particularly stunning shot, we made a note of its location and plans to check the place out. Release date: March 2021 | Rear cameras: 64MP f/1. Delivering great education, affordably & accessibly to everyone. Above: A single photo with various  VSCO filters applied. 11 West 42nd Street, 15th Floor, New York, NY 10036. England and Wales company registration number 2008885. Many photographers use iPhones, and they need specialised accessories for their smartphone photography. Some phones offer a second camera for "data", but don't fall for that - we'd rather have a wide-angle lens to take great photos instead. Looking for guest posts This phone has a 5,000mAh battery, which outlasts most £1,000 phones when left to deal with a day of hard use. ? If so, do your research and see whether the phone you’re eyeing comes with those features (or a relevant app). Read our article and find out what is the best macro lens for iPhone photography. Guest post opportunities ​When you buy up a smartphone, it will most likely come pre-programmed with a default camera app. You’ll kick yourself if you scratch your pricey phone because you were unwilling to shell out a few extra bucks for the protective gear!. If you’re not camera savvy (or phone savvy), check in with someone who is! Don’t know anyone? No worries. Additional camera specs include a 32MP selfie camera and up to 4K video capture at 30fps, as well as a fun new ‘Vlog mode' that creates short montages against music, complete with transitions. Please enable Cookies and reload the page.


Introduction to Smartphone Photography contributor guidelines

This process is a great way to show off landscapes, portraits, and low-light scenes. Submit content These lights act as leading lines, bringing your eyes into the image. We all decided that sharing was the right termination for us.   The sky makes for great negative space, but look for non-distracting space elsewhere too – in architecture or even nature! Just make sure there aren’t any major elements (like bursts of color or major lines) that draw your eye away. Our pick of the bunch is the Moto G8 Power. Guest post courtesy of  Start keeping your photos safe, now!. Contributor guidelines There are fewer things to distract from your subject, so that subject really pops.  (Not quite there yet? Start taking photos with your phone regularly, and in no time, the world will be full of photographic potential!)But nowadays, most of us keep our phones with us all the time, which means most of us have a camera with us all the time too. Outside camera, the Pixel 3a has a plastic body and mid-range Snapdragon 670 CPU. When it comes to detail, shooting at the downsampled 27MP leaves you with ample image information with which to crop in a fair bit - so you don’t always need to bump up to 108MP if you know you’ll want to reframe your shot. This little printer – it’s not much bigger than your phone – lets you print images from your phone, wirelessly, on Instax film! It’s a bit of a novelty, but we had tons of fun with it when we tried it out, and can see it being great for portrait photographers and anyone with young kids. Hi! I’m Stephanie! I’m an occasional ninja here at Photography Concentrate and a photographer at www. Powerful internals, a class-leading 10x zoom and a number of fun value adds, not least of all S Pen support give it some standout charm. While it's a bit of an imposition to carry a tripod, with phones getting smarter, having a flexible tripod and a smartphone mount opens up a world of possibilities - impossible selfies, moon shots, night photos to die for - or longer exposures that turn water into smoke. Very few phones this cheap have a zoom and an ultra-wide camera. This is really important on the front camera too. Sponsored post by The trick is being able to use it when the conditions are not great. We use it to capture the world around us. A 60-page, 7×7-inch book starts at US$20. Browse through our fill out guide, then read it in depth. Easily the most common reason for poor focus and blurry images. Sponsored post by Sure, we’ve seen its 108 MP camera before on old Samsung phones. That said, for a black phone, it is unbelievably fingerprint repellent, and with availability in five colors: Phantom Black, Phantom Silver, Phantom Titanium, Phantom Navy and Phantom Brown - you have choices. A design niggle we have is that the ultra-wide camera is the last module from the bottom of the camera array. But Samsung has switched up its strategy for its new Galaxy S21 series of flagship phones. Another common mistake is missing that focus on your subject. And then it was time to upgrade. If you are starting to focus on your smartphone photography, it might be helpful to cogitate on a genre. © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. It is something that can happen both when using a DSLR camera or a smartphone. You might find that adding people to an image that has no focal point can add depth. As a result, your work can quickly become buried and go unseen by people who would otherwise be curious in it – a major downside. When it comes to detail, shooting at the downsampled 27MP leaves you with ample image information with which to crop in a fair bit - so you don’t always need to bump up to 108MP if you know you’ll want to reframe your shot. One of the best apps for planning is Photopills. Rounding off, the huge 5,000mAh battery, which charges at up to 25W wired, and at 15W with a wireless charger, the S21 Ultra lasts a full day even with comparatively heavy use. And that means, anything that’s moving may end up being blurry. But all smartphones are using a lot of software or dyed intelligence to clean up images and give you more pleasing results. Above: The diagonal lines of the staircase are a magnet for your eye! Place your subject at the end of those lines, and your viewer is sure to see them!. Please refresh the page and try again. Both the Galaxy S21 and the S21 Plus sport lower resolution screens than last year’s S20 and S20 Plus. Though these policies tend to be long and written in legal jargon, we perfectly advocate looking through them carefully before you start sharing your work through that service. This is the style of getting very close to an image and creating a larger than 1:1 ratio of a subject. Guest-blogger Sometimes, using your smartphone to take pictures is obvious. Make sure you set yourself up with a good phone case and screen protector. 9 | OIS: Yes | Weight: 150g | Dimensions: 142. Contribute to this site It’s thicker than the iPhone 12 Pro Max, measuring 8. Sign up now and get unlimited access to ALL of our courses. A long street, handrail, or zebra crossing are all examples of what you can use. So it is always best to be safe. The passing cars will illuminate the scene, adding this red and white path of light. Thank you for signing up to Creative Bloq. An interesting remark or shadow can be a subject in its own right. Kick your feet up and stay a while. This comes from something called geotagging. It’s thicker than the iPhone 12 Pro Max, measuring 8. Submitting a guest post If you can, then, make a habit of grabbing a few shots of your work on your phone, for sharing purposes. The colors in your images are an important area in smartphone photography. You want to capture the moment while it lasts. When the lights drop, the primary camera needs to be flicked into night mode to capture great results, and even then, the results aren’t Huawei Mate 30 Pro impressive with a crusty layer of processing visible when you pinch in. However, the feel of really using the camera is still excellent. Light can also help direct attention. Become an author You can easily practice your craft – and add to your visual record – every single day. 47-inch curved AMOLED display on the front, with Full HD+ resolution and an under-display fingerprint scanner. Guest posting guidelines Don’t be afraid of layering other forms of composition to lead their eyes to these areas. Photographers often use the rule of thirds to get the subject into an ideal position. It allows you to edit on the move, and then share immediately. I’ll be guiding you through the exciting world of smartphone photography!. Get 8 classes for free and access them for Life.  We haven’t shared our smartphone images on our Flickr accounts (yet), but we can see the advantages of giving it a try: The terms of use are more liberal than Instagram’s, the community is serious about photography, and the platform makes it easier to license use of your images. If one of your goals with your smartphone photography is to share your work quickly, chances are you’ll be looking to do your image editing straight on your phone using a photo-editing app. The headline grabber, however, is the 10 MP, f/4. Submitting a guest post Even when shooting at 27MP - the default resolution, it isn’t as nippy as other phones in its price range, however, those other phones don’t pack such cutting edge camera tech under the hood. Geotagging is also very handy when it comes to your pictorial representation. Guest post guidelines It looks almost exactly like a Huawei P30 Pro and has a distressingly similar name to the Samsung Galaxy Note 10 Plus, but the Mi Note 10 isn’t a copycat smartphone across the board. If you host a blog or another kind of website, smartphone photography and social sharing sites can help you engage an existing audience, and build a new audience, for your work!See, when you post an image to a social sharing site, so long as you have an open profile, pretty much anyone on that site can find it. Light can have a big impact on the look and feel of your images. Either Wi-Fi or your phone’s data plan (if you have one) will do the trick! If you’re not online, you can’t share. Contribute to this site We all decided that sharing was the right termination for us. If your goal in sharing your work is to build a strong audience, think about how you can use words to get them to connect more with your images (and possibly with you as an individual and an artist). It would have made more sense to either position the ultra-wide camera higher in the array, or change the shape to a square or a orientation strip. There’s also nothing new on the camera front from a hardware point of view; and both have plastic backs too — a step down from glass on all the S20s. Cracking specs and a low price makes this a great budget buy. Guest poster wanted Give the lens a good clean every few weeks to eliminate flare, improve contrast, and take sharper shots. 8-inch display, top-of-the-line power, huge 5,000mAh battery and up to 512GB storage and 16GB RAM, you can’t argue with the specs. Even when shooting at 27MP - the default resolution, it isn’t as nippy as other phones in its price range, however, those other phones don’t pack such cutting edge camera tech under the hood. Contributor guidelines A photo straight out of my smartphone’s camera, taken in direct sunlight. Submit article That said, it’s also narrower, with smaller bezels and a less squat, 20:9 aspect ratio display. We used Lightroom to clean up the horizontal and vertical lines, and made the colours pop by increasing contrast, whites and saturation. Guest post Google drive is available through their relevant application. Now that I’ve walked you through the nuts and bolts of sharing your work, let’s take a second to reflect on why you’d want (or not want) to put your smartphone photos online for the world to see. Each pick comes with a full review, so you can get a good sense of what makes each camera stand out. Taking action shots with your smartphone can be challenging and stressful. We recommend looking at reviews that show how image quality changes under incompatible conditions, paying attention to things like contrast, color quality, chroma and sharpness. There are all kinds of lines out there, and they do different things for our photos. One area might be capturing portraits using your smartphone. Read here on how to execute this in effect. And the “Power” part refers to the battery, not the processor. A selfie stick is a must-have if you want to be able to take photos of yourself that can include a lot of the panorama or fit all of your friends and family in the shot. Your images will have more of an impact being shared sooner than later. One of our recommendations is the Magic Shutter App. So take some time to learn what your phone can actually do and then go out and do it. Guest posting guidelines So it is always best to be safe. If the colors are correlative to each other, it helps keep the same tone and mood of the image. You need to think more about the light, the colors, the lines, the placement of your subject. Guest-blogger Please refresh the page and try again. There’s a lot of choice – we’ll give you a quick rundown of some of the more popular options. This is a guest post by 9 | OIS: Yes | Weight: 150g | Dimensions: 142. This means that phone photography is, more often than not, dull – leaving users frustrated and confused. Writers wanted ) The things you post in public to your Facebook page will show up in your friends’ news feed – aboard posts from all of their other friends, plus advertisers. This comes from something called geotagging. Want to write for But in reading the list, you should get a sense of what functions you want, which’ll be a big help when you start exploring your app store and looking at what each editing app offers. Expert Photography © 2011-2021. Scroll through, and you’ll get an idea of what you can (and, in some cases, can’t) do with a camera phone. This is a light that sits at the top …. As you photograph a subject, the finding is recorded. They are premiere lens makers, and this case incorporates their lens right into it. Guest post by But there are other useful accessories that can improve your iPhone photography. It doesn’t happen often, but they may just get in touch with you to see if they can repost it or license it!. The other ten tips to get a feel for Instagram are here in this article.  It’s a fun way to connect with other people who are into similar things as you, and to get more eyes on your work!. This is great for landscapes doused in light during the golden hour. Don't snatch at the button, hold things steady and take your time.   The sky makes for great negative space, but look for non-distracting space elsewhere too – in architecture or even nature! Just make sure there aren’t any major elements (like bursts of color or major lines) that draw your eye away. Guest posts But some camera phones support shooting at faster frame rates (for slow motion video).


Xiaomi Mi Note 10 review guest posters wanted

You might find that adding people to an image that has no focal point can add depth. Cracking specs and a low price makes this a great budget buy. Submit post It lets you work with long exposures. We weren’t expecting to see OIS on a phone that costs what the Mi Note 10 does, but it’s here on the primary lens and one of the two telephoto lenses. No matter where you are, and what your focus, try and aim for a single idea or concept. If, like roughly half of Instagram users, you’re using an Android device, your photos will be seriously shut and the quality gravely degraded (iOS users don’t seem to have the same problem). Want to write a post This shift isn’t too surprising. Imagine the scene with a tic-tac-toe grid over the top. It also comes with a tripod that helps steady the phone to avoid blur caused by camera shake. The power under the hood will, however, slow it down occasionally, especially when you’re taking pictures at the sensor’s full 108MP resolution. Looking for guest posts See our article here for the other 9 apps. Depending on where in the world you are, the S21 Ultra will come with one of two manageable chipsets. Contributor guidelines I’ve battled little insecurities about what I say and share online. Apart from making calls, it is your way to the World Wide Web on the move. They allow you to click the shutter from anyplace. But in our experience, looking for photo-worthy moments in everyday life makes us better photographers in the long run because it forces us to practice seeing. It will always be better to have a camera rather than none. In the second image, when those lines are straight, the shot feels much more static. Submit post It is your phone after all, so you probably have it with you on all of those occasions anyway! The photos may not be technically as strong as they would be if you used your DSLR but – and here’s the important part – they will be there. Submit guest article Most sharing services these days allow you to add hashtags to your images – words or phrases preceded by the number sign (#example) – typically in the same space where you’d add a caption or sort of the image. Guest post- Chances are, too, that they may be some of your favourite images because they capture the people in your life that are most momentous to you. The back is all about those cameras, with a marked camera bump, and both sides are protected by Gorilla Glass 5. This resulted in our hand locomotion into the frame more often than not. Have a look at the case made by Moment. Imagine the view finder or LCD screen as having two lines that split up the image vertically, and two horizontally. So what do you do? When it comes to backing up photos, you need to store your files in at least three distinct places, to belittle the chance that you totally lose your data. But so are adapters for DSLR lenses. Sponsored post by Other cameras are closer to what we expect at the price; an 8MP ultra-wide and a pair of 2MP cameras for depth processing and macro shots. Guest posts While many phones now offer optical image stabilisation and AI correction for hand-shake, being stable is often the best thing you can do. Above: I fresh went territorial division skiing for the first time in ages. This is one of those faults that you might notice afterwards, not immediately. Nowadays, there are some marvellous (and weird) lenses.  As a result, the waitress walking through the shot ended up blurry. Plus, there is a mobile version useable which makes photo editing quicker and easier. Meanwhile, the front-facing camera has an 8MP sensor. So you know you won't be buying a lemon that nothing will work with in a year's time. If you’re wanting to share a lot of writing alongside your photos, you may treasure the Tumblr format, as it isn’t so rigidly focused on promoting images over words. Instagram is all about getting noticed. Above: In the first image, the diagonal lines of the trees and picnic table give the shot a more dynamic feel. A high number offers you nothing (unless you have over 10,000). Submit post It looks almost exactly like a Huawei P30 Pro and has a distressingly similar name to the Samsung Galaxy Note 10 Plus, but the Mi Note 10 isn’t a copycat smartphone across the board. That might be adding contrast, pulling down highlights or boosting the permeation for more punch. You can get this lens from Amazon here. Once your phone is internet-connected, you’ll need to choose which photo-sharing services you want to use. Because of this, the iPhone doesn’t always do a good job of separating the subject from the background. Triple-camera arrays are pretty much standard on cheaper phones at this point, and while you won't get crazy features like 100x zoom or stabilised 4K video like you do with thing like the iPhone 12 Pro Max, you still get a  lot for your money. The phone’s styling is bold, but it’s somewhat lost in the black variant. See if you can play with a friend’s phone, or head to a store to try out a test model. If you think your image is to the point to them, you may want to apply their hashtag to it to increase the chance that they see it. Above: To combat the low light conditions of the restaurant, my phone automatically designated a low shutter speed. One of the big draws of smartphone photography is that it allows you to create and share your work – with folks from all of the world, if you want – in just a matter of seconds!You see, when you have a phone that connects to the internet, you can upload your shots to all kinds of places – picturing communities, social networking sites, messaging services, emails, and on and on. Become a guest blogger There’s one important missing camera feature, though; video capture taps out at 1080p, 30 frames per second, where many rivals have full 4K capture. We tend to look first at things that are brightly lit, or lit in way that differs dramatically from the rest of the scene. It is beguiling to share everything you pic. For a phone at this price, the Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra needed to be first-class. You’ll want to keep an eye on how much data you use, to make sure all your image sharing isn’t costing you a fortune! Make sure you find out too whether sending photos by text message costs extra. Guest posters wanted My camera also has a lens blur social occasion that allows me to mimic a shallow depth of field, but it’s a bit clunky so I don’t use it much. Read our full review here to see if it’s something you might want to add to your kit. Guest-post The rule of thirds is an integral compositional tool that can help to create interest in your images. That might just be from supporting the phone better - using two hands rather than one - it might be that you need to slow down rather than rush that photo or it might be that you need to support your phone on something solid, like a table or wall. That being said, if you’re okay diving into Pro mode and bumping up the shutter speed or ISO, that’s always an option. They are premiere lens makers, and this case incorporates their lens right into it. The Pro mode offers up full control over all five lenses, not to mention a shutter speed of up to 32 seconds and an ISO of up to 3200. Single them out and enlarge to create an interesting, abstract image. Want to contribute to our website We personally look for a smartphone that has a great camera and suits our other phone needs, prioritizing an easy-to-use operative system, great aesthetics, a good price and a fair warranty. From friends and family, to travel landscapes. Guest posting Powerful internals, a class-leading 10x zoom and a number of fun value adds, not least of all S Pen support give it some standout charm. Other modes include Panorama, Night, Portrait, 108M, Short Video, and Slow Motion. Contributing writer It shoots at 27MP by default, compounding four pixels into one to produce a better photo. Buying a budget phone doesn't just mean putting up with tech that's a few years old. So you know you won't be buying a lemon that nothing will work with in a year's time. Buying a budget phone doesn't just mean putting up with tech that's a few years old. I learned more about the technical stuff and experimented with new styles. Pocket-lint is supported by its readers. To answer their calls, some phone manufacturers have opted to add …. In turn, aboard the P30 Pro and Oppo Reno 10X Zoom, the Mi Note 10 joins the ranks of superzoom smartphones with gusto, dramatic when it comes to clarity in spite of its lower musical harmony 5MP sensor. Let's start with horsepower: the Snapdragon 730G processor inside isn’t going to deliver the high-end performance as the Snapdragon 855, as found in the Google Pixel 4 will, or that of the 855 Plus, which is in the ZTE Nubia Z20. However, since there are just so many selfie stick tripods out there, it can be hard to find the right one for you, or even …. Nowadays, apps offer tons of ways to cook up your seminal smartphone image. When you purchase through links on our site, we may earn an associate commission. It's capable of actuation 4K video at 30fps and 1080p video at 120fps. By Basil Kronfli 06 January 2020. Read here for more message whether your camera really matters (spoiler -It doesn’t!). Accepting guest posts Check out our easy tips and create stunning abstract photography with your smartphone. Nevertheless, the depth of field captured from the mammoth sensor is class-leadings you shallow for a smartphone camera. © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. Guest post: I’ve made acquaintances with photographers I’ve never met and been glorious (and intimidated) by their incredible work. Investing in a trigger trap can mean you can capture that candid image every time. Want to write for You can choose to have a public account, which anyone can see and follow, or a private account, which only people you’ve approved can see. For the most part, they lack the manual controls or the hardware you need to say, create a dreamily shallow depth of field, get a crisp shot of someone in motion, or produce a shot in low light that’s not peppered with noise. With a larger camera, I might not have been able to compose the image. The site is a sort of social media catch-all, allowing you to send public and private messages, post articles and videos, and share photos – either one-offs or whole albums with dozens of images. Contributor guidelines VSCO Cam This editing app for iOS- and Android-enabled phones is one of the most popular out there, thanks in part to its range of filters (both free and paid). My eyes knew that the snow was white, but my smartphone camera registered it as super-blue – no editing applied!. For Instagram, that generally means sharing a photo snapped with your smartphone. VSCO Cam This editing app for iOS- and Android-enabled phones is one of the most popular out there, thanks in part to its range of filters (both free and paid). You might need an app or two, an extra set of lenses and a power bank. As for the phone’s 2MP macro camera, it captures proud shots in perfect lighting, though we decidedly wouldn’t call it a killer feature. While historically it’s been more geared towards sharing occupation in general, and not smartphone photography, the ADPS is becoming more user-friendly for smartphone users, especially with the most recent update of the Flickr smartphone app. Your smartphone is intuitive and might pick the wrong area to focus on. Sites like Tumblr, Twitter and Facebook aren’t specifically geared towards sharing smartphone photography, but they can be an attractive option, especially if you want to streamline your social media use and share photos, news, and thoughts all from one place. Many sharing services these days encourage users to interact with each other. That might be adding contrast, pulling down highlights or boosting the permeation for more punch. Write for us Pocket-lint is supported by its readers. If you are at an office or shared network, you can ask the network administrator to run a scan across the network looking for misconfigured or infectious devices. SPECIAL OFFER! FREE for next 4 weeks - Offer Ends in:. While we ribbed Xiaomi for copying the Huawei P30 Pro design, the phone is still a beauty. Guest posts wanted 4µm, pixels, isn’t quite as large.


Conclusion guest contributor guidelines

The Ultra’s photos are punchy and vibrant, with a distinctly Samsung quality to them.  Now imagine you drop your phone and it won’t start up again no matter what you try. The viewer will focus on this as it is more aesthetic. Want to write for I got up for sunrises, I stayed up for northern lights. It uses the same Sony IMX 363 main sensor as the top-end Pixel 3. Digital Camera World is part of Future plc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. Writers wanted It would not seem half as good value without it. Guest post  If you’re new to editing your images on a computer and are looking to get into it seriously, we recommend checking out Adobe Lightroom – a powerful and intuitive professional editing program. Instagram is a great tool for both editing and sharing. A selfie stick is a must-have if you want to be able to take photos of yourself that can include a lot of the panorama or fit all of your friends and family in the shot. It has a better grip than the phone, and even comes with a wrist strap. And, as you’ll soon see, in pushing yourself to get great shots from your camera phone, you’ll be developing significant skills – some of the nuts and bolts of great photography! So let’s dive into it, and learn how to take compelling shots with your smartphone camera. This phone is saved by its unusually capable camera. Once you’ve considered all of those extras, it’s time to get your image out there! When you post, and how often, is totally up to you, but you’ll quickly get a feel for what works best – for yourself and your audience – as you spend some time on the sharing service. The jury is out on whether the issue is mainly caused by Instagram or Android, but either way, the result is the same. Smartphone photography is taking pictures with your phone. Sharing one image will always be more powerful.  When I used a various camera or edited a shot on my computer, you’ll see a note saying so. The reverse is true for shooting subjects brighter than their geographical area. Blog for us We massed tripods and tripod mounts for both Android and iPhone devices. Video shot on the S21 Ultra is attractively steadied across resolutions, is optimized for the phone’s screen, and is a treat to capture and watch back. Want to write for But you can do your best to create surprising and heart-melting newborn photos. The site is a sort of social media catch-all, allowing you to send public and private messages, post articles and videos, and share photos – either one-offs or whole albums with dozens of images. Including locating information measure allows people to see on a map where you were when you took your shot!. Submitting a guest post In bright environments, the S21 Ultra’s photos are for the most part fantabulous - made even better if you underexpose the shot slightly with the exposure bar. Sometimes, using your smartphone to take pictures is obvious. Imagine the same scene lit by the soft golden light of sunrise versus the harsh, shadow-creating light of midday. You'll only have this option if you have a recent phone, but the latest Google phones, iPhones, Huawei, Samsung and others all have some sort of night option. I learned more about the technical stuff and experimented with new styles. Guest posting rules A portable battery pack allows you to recharge your phone from a battery. Become an author Read here for more ideas on accessories to benefit you and your smartphone photography. Meanwhile, the front-facing camera is a estimable 10MP f/1. Want to write a post The flash on your phone isn't great and, in many cases, you'll get much better results without using the flash on the back. This older model is available for a great price now. It’s easier than pie, takes just a little effort to get started, and the potential benefits can be huge! In this section, we’ll go over the basics of sharing your work online, talk about some of the pros and cons, and tell you a bit about the vibrant smartphone photography communities out there today. Become a guest blogger This is really important on the front camera too. Android phones tend to lag behind a bit, though the latest round of Android phones – especially phones developed by Google – are edging in. This results in shots that look crisp until you pinch in, after which aggressive process is visible. Guest-post All that being said, your priorities may be different from ours – it’s your call! But if we can advocate one thing above all else: try the phone before you buy. Another way to prevent getting this page in the future is to use Privacy Pass. There’s a lot of choice – we’ll give you a quick rundown of some of the more popular options. Engage Raw shooting mode when you’re aiming for better quality editing controls or if you want to print your photos from that once-in-a-lifetime holiday. It doesn't have to be super arty either - it could just be friends on a night out. Sponsored post Backing up your images is very important. And that means, anything that’s moving may end up being blurry. Submit blog post For example, when you want to avoid camera shake, you need a tripod. Creative Bloq is supported by its assemblage. iPhones are generally considered to have the best cameras, and Apple is always pushing to improve the camera between models. By Andrew Williams, James Artaius, Louise Carey 25 May 2021. Juxtaposition comes from colors that contrast and cause conflict. Once you’ve considered all of those extras, it’s time to get your image out there! When you post, and how often, is totally up to you, but you’ll quickly get a feel for what works best – for yourself and your audience – as you spend some time on the sharing service. Start your course now to guarantee your place. Some Instagrammers take their intellection of color a step further by paying magnet to how the colors mesh across different photos in their gallery. It ensures there is a copy of your images somewhere else, in case something happens to your mobile phone. Vertical video only works if the person viewing that video is viewing on a phone, like in Instagram Stories. They can also give a sense of direction, which in itself is movement in a still image and makes it absorbing. Android phones tend to lag behind a bit, though the latest round of Android phones – especially phones developed by Google – are edging in. Become guest writer In the box below, you’ll find some of the main points you may want to canvas from a physical process perspective. If you want to use a more powerful editing program than what you’ll find in a phone app, not to worry! Simply upload the photos to your computer and edit them with your editing program of choice. Routinely, smartphone photography takes place in less than ideal lighting conditions, and users rarely stray from the automatic exposure and focusing the device is preset with. Become a guest blogger Want to bring out the best in your photos? Check out our Lightroom editing tutorials! They’ll teach you:. But a case and screen protector should be bought ideally the same day you get your phone.  I’ve captured big moments – adventures, birthdays, holidays – moments that, as usual, were also recorded on my DSLR. Guest posting This is one of those faults that you might notice afterwards, not immediately. Comments have the potential to give you important feedback.  You can definitely get by just fine without this level of control, but feel free to experiment with these more high-tech camera apps if that sounds like your kind of thing!And note too that some editing and sharing apps (like Instagram) include a camera function as well. One problem with this is ergonomics. But you need to cull much of your work. An image showing light trails brings in the idea of movement in a still image. Guest posting 8-inch screen size with and a 227g body. Become a guest blogger You’ll find people who chase particular shades, and some whose galleries seem to change color over time. Rear cameras: 48MP (wide-angle, f/1. I share smartphone shots daily on Instagram at @stephanie. The only thing it's really missing is a telephoto lens, but these tend to be used less than wide angle lenses anyway. Not to mention all the food we eat. Far from being a cheap compromise, the best budget camera phones can represent a sound investment funds for the savvy smartphone photographer. Many phones let you vary the strength of this effect and often turning it down a little will create a better overall result. Engage Raw shooting mode when you’re aiming for better quality editing controls or if you want to print your photos from that once-in-a-lifetime holiday. I got up for sunrises, I stayed up for northern lights. Here you’ll find a ranking for the best smartphone cameras of 2015, as chosen by the tech website, Tom’s Guide. Sponsored post by The average person on the street may be more attuned to the photographer’s front and more likely to change their behaviour as a result (for example, by politely stepping out of your shot). Submit an article  On the left, the image has been cropped to the 1×1 aspect ratio that Instagram mechanically applies. Light can also help direct attention. It would not seem half as good value without it. It is to blame for the lack of 4K video, but is other than roughly a match in raw performance for the Snapdragon disjunctive. Keep the different effects of light in mind as you shoot, and look for light that enhances your message. Above: In the first photo, strong shadows create lines that frame the napping cat. If you feel that your smartphone images are not as good as they could be, you might be making one of these simple mistakes. Blog for us This is really important on the front camera too. To take photos like a pro, you need to take that photo with the regular camera, make any edits, and then share it via your construction of choice.  It can also be used to suggest that space exists beyond the frame, adding connive to your image. Certain sensors have specific characteristics, and Samsung’s 108MP ISOCELL line is no exception. These come in at about 11-16MB in size, and actually look much better than we unsurprising them to – you can see some examples below. And the “Power” part refers to the battery, not the processor. This is one of the best budget phones for night shooting. Above: The same image with two different crops. Camera phone accessories • Best selfie sticks • Best phone tripods and supports • Best gimbals for video • Best add-on lenses for phones • Best portable power banks • Best phone cases. It also brings back sky-high 108MP settlement of 2020 Samsung top-enders like the Galaxy S20 Ultra and Note 20 Ultra, and matches it with a 10x optical zoom. Some are free, but they often force you to deal with adverts. ​Nowadays, when you attend an event there’s a good chance that it will have its own hashtag. It will always be better to have a camera rather than none. Its camera layout looks highly impressive, too, with four lenses on the back. There are specific cellphone applications to help your landscape photography. Add to the mix the added value Samsung loads up with that S Pen support, the phone’s stunning screen, better interface, and solid performance, and if you can handle its heft (and that price tag), then the S21 Ultra is a clear winner. Especially for time-lapses, long exposures or photographing anything in low light conditions. In addition to helping keep your photos safe, enabling your phone’s auto-backup system can make life a whole lot easier should you ever need to wipe your phone entirely, as it may allow you to restore some of your apps and settings with the touch of just a few buttons. Because of this, the iPhone doesn’t always do a good job of separating the subject from the background. 2) | 5MP (color filter) | Front camera: 16MP | OIS: Yes | Weight: 199 g | Dimensions: 165. Starting with the proboscidian in the room, that gargantuan resolution, it’s made possible by Samsung’s Isocell Bright HMX 108MP 1/1. Guest posting guidelines When you buy up through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. Do you care about having burst mode, icon control, panorama capabilities, etc. This keeps the organisation, planning, and editing of your images consistent. For example, my phone has both a standard mode, where I can manually adjust my exposure, and an high dynamic range (HDR) mode, that produces a single shot from several images taken at diverse exposures. It can be useful to manually override the semiautomatic influence settings by tapping on the dark subject to expose the shadows. However, since there are just so many selfie stick tripods out there, it can be hard to find the right one for you, or even …. Because most of us have them – and a lot of us have them out, all the time – people may not take much notice when you use it as a camera. When photographing people, watch where those shadows fall and think about the best side from which to take a shot - you don't want a represent in front of a exquisite background because you didn't consider that the sun was behind them, for example - but staring into the sun for a portrait is dazzling for the subject too. Contributor guidelines And if you absolutely need to capture more dynamic range, try actuation on your phone’s HDR mode (if it has one), or leave your phone in your pocket and switch back to your more advanced camera. Sounds good, but is it $1,199/£1,149 good? . It for certain isn't the cheapest phone on this list (though neither is it the most expensive), and there are certainly phones that beat it in specific categories. Guest poster wanted This is a light that sits at the top …. As you photograph a subject, the finding is recorded. However, there are so many selfie sticks out there, it’s hard to tell which ones are good and which ones will become useless trash ….


Smartphone photography: 6 pro tips submit a guest post

It may take a few tries to track down an app you find intuitive to use and that contains the features you’re after. You need to make sure you don’t lose it – and all your photos – for good. Submit a guest post You make tiny subjects and objects much larger than they would be. You can also press the back button on  your browser to jump back to this navigation. Ultimately, it’s up to you to decide how to prioritize the things below!. One of the big draws of smartphone photography is that it allows you to create and share your work – with folks from all of the world, if you want – in just a matter of seconds!You see, when you have a phone that connects to the internet, you can upload your shots to all kinds of places – picturing communities, social networking sites, messaging services, emails, and on and on. Guest posting rules And don’t forget that you can transfer 3rd party camera apps that can give you additional functionality. Our tips and tricks will help get you started on this social media political program. So take advantage of it! Purposefully create images that capture with blurry elements – they can lend your photos a more dynamic feeling. Suggest a post So before you post your shot, think about whether there’s anything you want to tell people about the image – like who it’s of or why the scene captured your attention. Above: In this photograph of a puddle (flipped upside down), the reflection of the trees serves as the subject and allows the viewer to imagine the scene that exists outside of the frame. While we’ve talked so far about sharing photos in their own right, these days more and more people are using photography – and image-sharing sites – to share their non-photographic artwork. It doesn’t happen often, but they may just get in touch with you to see if they can repost it or license it!. We say that not to deter you from taking photos – street photography can be implausibly important, not to mention that it’s lots of fun – but just as a friendly heads up!Second, quality: Though some smartphone cameras offer impressive quality, they’re still not on par with DSLRs, and even some pocket-sized point-and-shoots. You may even want to switch on HDR mode to stop the bright sky from newspaper clipping and bleaching out. While tech is of course continuing to improve, it has been for a while, and that means the smartphones of the past few years still take grand photos. On the subject of telephoto cameras, there are two; the first is a 12MP 2x zoom module, with a 50mm focal length and no OIS. The cyberspace is full of reviews by people who know their microchips from their megabites. Submit blog post The photos that are stored on your phone may be wiped out. Read here on how to execute this in effect. When these images are together, they create an fascinating feeling. That's why it's worth shopping around. You can get this lens from Amazon here. 2) | 5MP (color filter) | Front camera: 16MP | OIS: Yes | Weight: 199 g | Dimensions: 165. Guest post guidelines Google, perhaps, takes things a little further, with Google Photos able to produce some even more dramatic results in the background. Our webinars are always filled to the last seat. iPhone is the only company that uses iOS. Guest-post  That means getting in the habit of on a regular basis transferring your images (and any other essential data) to your computer and an external hard drive. Looking side-by-side at the results, the character of image texture is a tiny bit different in some areas. Another popular name in the photo book market is Artifact Uprising – an American printer owned by VSCO (the same ones who make the apps). Above: Lightroom can help you make more complex and subtle edits than a camera editing app. There are no buttons or ports on the left or top-side, with the power and volume buttons on the left, and the USB-C port and SIM tray at the bottom. The models we listed here are all excellent choices for your iPhone photography. This is a guest post by Being forced to focus on those bedrock will do amazing things for your business. It for certain isn't the cheapest phone on this list (though neither is it the most expensive), and there are certainly phones that beat it in specific categories. Smartphone cameras are nowhere near as powerful as DSLRs, and even some point-and-shoots. But the sun can also present a lot of opportunities and using a low sun to create silhouettes and long shadows is a great way to get something slightly different. A long street, handrail, or zebra crossing are all examples of what you can use. As for video, the S21 Ultra introduces a new Director’s View to the line, which supports a live preview of three focal lengths within the UI while shooting, so you know exactly what view you’re switching between. It takes work and restraint to post only photos that fit within a color scheme, but it’s a great way to push yourself to get out and look for a shot!. Want to take your photography to new heights?. The main camera is stabilised and, like the Pixel 3, uses the OIS motor when homicide 2x digital zoom images to capture far better photos than most other phones without a consecrated “telephoto” camera.  When I used a various camera or edited a shot on my computer, you’ll see a note saying so. Imagine the view finder or LCD screen as having two lines that split up the image vertically, and two horizontally. Scroll through the photos associated with those hashtags, and you’ll find out what cool things other people in the area are doing – instant travel guide!. 5 GB is mechanically allocated to you through your iTunes registration. That's why it's worth shopping around. The Google Pixel 4a carries a single rear camera with a 12MP sensor, featuring dual-pixel phase detect optical device and optical image stabilization. For example, some let you adjust your settings manually, shoot in Haigh Dynamic Range, and even shoot in. Above: After sunset, natural light tends to have a blue cast. The process of uploading, editing, exporting and posting our images ate into time we felt we should be using to experience and photograph our surroundings. Submit your content Please refresh the page and try again. Digital Camera World is part of Future US Inc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. By employing pixel binning it shoots at 27MP by default, change of integrity every four pixels into one. It can replace remote controls for most TVs and set-top boxes. Triple-camera arrays are pretty much standard on cheaper phones at this point, and while you won't get crazy features like 100x zoom or stabilised 4K video like you do with thing like the iPhone 12 Pro Max, you still get a  lot for your money. Samsung unapologetically boosts image sharpness and ramps up the contrast and noise reduction in challenging scenes. Become guest writer Another common mistake is missing that focus on your subject. Blog for us But with a camera around your neck, it can be hard to blend in, especially nowadays when there are more photographers out there. There are even stories of people gaining new clients, remunerative sponsorships and entire careers thanks to their participation in those communities!. However, that comes at the cost of a bigger file, which if you’re tight for space on your handset, you might want to avoid for everyday use. If you want to capture detail in the brightest sections of your scene, tap on the bright section to deliberately underexpose your image.  But unless you’re one of those admirable, dedicated folks who always has that camera on them all the time, at the ready, you’re likely not taking as many photos of people as you like. Smartphones are one of the most versatile pieces of instrumentation you will ever own. To make sure you make the most of all phone process can be, it's crucial you utilise the settings on your phone aright. • Best camera phones all round • Best iPhone for photography • Best burner phone • Best 5G phone • Best phablets • Best flip phones. Many image styles can benefit from having the sun-blasted at you and your radiotelephone. Contribute to this site These days, most smartphones will automatically back your data (including your photos) up to a cloud server…so long as you have that function enabled. If you’re in the market for a new smartphone, we unfortunately can’t tell you exactly what to buy. Guest posting rules So make an effort with your smartphone instead. This article gives you all the entropy and tips on how to keep your smartphone as still as possible. And I’m so excited to see where it takes me. One of its clever uses is to make a note of a specific location that you have photographed or wish to return to. Submit an article In the second shot, it’s not as clear where you’re theoretical to look first. Manufacturers can know that if they make an iPhone accessory, it will be compatible with a huge number of phones. Blurb is one of the biggest names in self-publishing and album publication. There’s nothing like a real print that you can hold in your hands! With smartphone photography growing in popularity, there are now plenty of great options for printing your work. The photo of the canoes above was taken at one of those spots!. We tend to look first at things that are brightly lit, or lit in way that differs dramatically from the rest of the scene. Guest poster wanted It's not the best iPhone for photography you can buy, obviously, since there have been many new models since. To answer their calls, some phone manufacturers have opted to add …. Once you have an account, you can start sharing your photos – either by feeding them into the app via your camera app or editing app, or by taking a photo straightaway through the Instagram app itself. The best part is that you don’t need any fancy equipment, only a few simple propr. Here, we've included phones for those who want to spend a more sensible amount for thing that will still take great pictures. Light can also help direct attention. With a front camera resolution of 40 MP, the S21 Ultra also pumps up the pixels for selfies compared with the vanilla S21 and the Plus, whose selfie cameras are 10MP. Anyone who wants an Apple watch, for example, will need an iPhone 5 (or a newer model). Because the lens is so small, it's very easy for it to get dirty while you're using your phone for other things. It’s your job to think about how your photo can affect the person you’re photographing, particularly if you intend to share it. This is a light that sits at the top …. Samsung doesn’t just make the screens, it goes a long way towards perfecting them with tuning, and the S21 Ultra sets a new reference point. Depending on the service, you may be able to: leave a public comment on an image, send a private message to a user, add your name to a list of people who enjoyed an image (by ‘liking’ or ‘hearting’), and sign up to see future images from a finicky user. It could be an iPhone or Android, old or new. But now that number is increasing, albeit very slowly right …. Because the lens is so small, it's very easy for it to get dirty while you're using your phone for other things. More data equals more editing flexibility. Release date: April 2020 | Rear cameras: 12-megapixel, 28mm f/1. Very few phones this cheap have a zoom and an ultra-wide camera. As a plus, if you run regular backups of your images to your computer and hard drives, you’ll be able to delete old shots from your phone and free up valuable space for new images!. But those costs are so small, compared to the record I have: The photos of family, friends and adventures, and the emotions and lessons attached to those images. A long street, handrail, or zebra crossing are all examples of what you can use. When these images are together, they create an fascinating feeling. The Pro mode offers up full control over all five lenses, not to mention a shutter speed of up to 32 seconds and an ISO of up to 3200. 1 mm | Storage: 32/128/256 GB).  There are over 200 million blogs certified on the site, so the community is talkative (and probably more varied than what you’ll find on a photo-specific site). Make sure you set yourself up with a good phone case and screen protector. Shooting modes: There’s plenty inside the camera UI to sink your teeth into beyond automatic modes. Become guest writer Thank you for signing up to Creative Bloq. Sounds good, but is it $1,199/£1,149 good? . One of its clever uses is to make a note of a specific location that you have photographed or wish to return to. We used Lightroom to clean up the horizontal and vertical lines, and made the colours pop by increasing contrast, whites and saturation. As for the telephoto cameras, these help the S20 Ultra come on the rival when it comes to zoom. One tip for capturing stunning portraits with your smartphone is to use soft light rather than harsh light. However, only one of these cameras is genuinely quite good.


Choosing a Phone contributor guidelines

It doesn't have to be super arty either - it could just be friends on a night out. Other than that, it all comes down to your creativeness. The power under the hood will, however, slow it down occasionally, especially when you’re taking pictures at the sensor’s full 108MP resolution. Some have two cameras while other smartphones have four or even five cameras at the back. We use it to capture the world around us. Through apps, you can do almost thing on your phone. In fact, you can even take a passport photo of your baby using your smartphone, provided it has a good camera. Your smartphone photography needs a workflow. But for now, here's the best of the budget range…. Affordable Xiaomi phones are hard to beat for the bang-for-buck features they offer. Through apps, you can do almost thing on your phone.  See, by sharing photos of your travels while you’re travelling, you keep your loved ones up to date. Some Instagrammers take their intellection of color a step further by paying magnet to how the colors mesh across different photos in their gallery. Today, if you buy a decent phone that can take good photos, chances are it will have more than one camera at the back. It can lead to people screaming and running away as if Godzilla was in town.  When I used a various camera or edited a shot on my computer, you’ll see a note saying so. Digital Camera World is part of Future US Inc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. This style is available on Instagram, so other apps aren’t needed. We used Lightroom to clean up the horizontal and vertical lines, and made the colours pop by increasing contrast, whites and saturation. A hyper-lapse is a video created from many photographs taken in succession. Fujifilm Instax SHARE Smartphone SP-1. Plus, we have to admit, it’s awfully nice to be able to scroll through our shots and have a visual record of moments we might other than forget!. So, if you’re up for it, share the smartphone photos you capture of your friends, family and pets – and of yourself too!. While the camera phone’s propulsion resolution can’t best higher-spec flagships, capping out at 4K 30fps, the image the Mi Note 10 produces looks first-class in well it seems, and respectable in middling light. And if you’re hosting an event of your own and expect your attendees to be social media types, hook them up with a unique hashtag they can use when they share photos of the festivities!. Submit your content The front flash can often help you get a selfie in dark conditions where you'd otherwise get nothing at all. Articles wanted 0 aperture, which should help its low light performance. It also features receiving set charging and reverse telecommunication charging, which is a great flagship feature in such an affordable handset. A long street, handrail, or zebra crossing are all examples of what you can use. The day it arrived, Lauren challenged me to share a photo once a day for a year. Make sure you set yourself up with a good phone case and screen protector. Articles wanted You may need to transfer version 2. Investing in a selfie stick or a tripod is always helpful. They seem to shout out: Hey look! This thing here is so important that it gets its own frame!. The Google Pixel 4a carries a single rear camera with a 12MP sensor, featuring dual-pixel phase detect optical device and optical image stabilization. We know that the Xiaomi Mi Note 10 has a special camera, but what’s the rest of the phone like? For the price, it’s marvellous in certain areas and less so in others. And like other phones from Oppo and Huawei, cheap extra sensors make up the numbers; 2MP cameras offer remedial macro images and a depth assist for play down blur shots. It for certain isn't the cheapest phone on this list (though neither is it the most expensive), and there are certainly phones that beat it in specific categories. Guest blogger And it goes without saying: Get permission before you repost someone else’s work. If you’re not sure you want to commit, you can transfer a free 30-day trial here. This means that phone photography is, more often than not, dull – leaving users frustrated and confused. Sponsored post by But, on its own, it’s an interesting shot full of details!. Guest posters wanted The Pro mode offers up full control over all five lenses, not to mention a shutter speed of up to 32 seconds and an ISO of up to 3200. Guest author The top-end Pixel phones have two. For one, we don’t know everything there is to know about every smartphone out there! But even if we did, we couldn’t say what’s right for you, because we don’t know you as well as you do! You’ll need to think about what’s available to you, what you want out of a phone, how much you’re willing to pay and so on. The important things should be aligned along those lines, or at the cartesian product of those lines, for the greatest impact. Juxtaposition comes from colors that contrast and cause conflict. Guest blogger guidelines You want to capture a moment and you’re afraid you’re going to miss it. Blurb is one of the biggest names in self-publishing and album publication. Become an author Lines are hugely powerful elements! See, our eyes love a good line. This article shows you more in-depth information. Some phones offer a second camera for "data", but don't fall for that - we'd rather have a wide-angle lens to take great photos instead. The main camera has a 48MP Samsung GM1 sensor, used in lots of phones including pricey ones such as the Samsung Galaxy A90 5G. One of the big draws of smartphone photography is that it allows you to create and share your work – with folks from all of the world, if you want – in just a matter of seconds!You see, when you have a phone that connects to the internet, you can upload your shots to all kinds of places – picturing communities, social networking sites, messaging services, emails, and on and on. At the same time, camera execution has evolved into the most valuable aspect of those phones. Want to take your photography to new heights?. Submit an article Fujifilm Instax SHARE Smartphone SP-1. This is a light that sits at the top …. Whatever smartphone you have, make sure you know how to get your camera up quickly, so you can capture the moment. A quick Google search of your model plus the terms ‘case’ or ‘screen protector’ will help you track down good options. We are a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program organized to provide a means for us to earn fees by linking to Amazon. Why? Because those apps don't use all the skills that your phone offers. Guest posters wanted Many sharing services these days encourage users to interact with each other. Guest post by For example, when you want to avoid camera shake, you need a tripod. Guest posts Now, they offer Instagram-specific photo books that allow you to make a book that draws images forthwith from your Instagram feed. We’ve recorded some great sights that would have other gone unrecorded, if not for our trusty smartphones!. Samsung’s Dynamic AMOLED 2X tech delivers a 120Hz refresh rate, HDR10+ support, 1500-nit peak brightness, and a 1440 x 3200 physical phenomenon (515 PPI pixel density). For the most part, they lack the manual controls or the hardware you need to say, create a dreamily shallow depth of field, get a crisp shot of someone in motion, or produce a shot in low light that’s not peppered with noise. Ultimately, it’s up to you to decide how to prioritize the things below!. For more case recommendations, read here. We weren’t expecting to see OIS on a phone that costs what the Mi Note 10 does, but it’s here on the primary lens and one of the two telephoto lenses. TCL made the last few generations of BlackBerrys, but now it produces phones with its own name stamped on the back. Add to the mix the added value Samsung loads up with that S Pen support, the phone’s stunning screen, better interface, and solid performance, and if you can handle its heft (and that price tag), then the S21 Ultra is a clear winner. If you’re not sure you want to commit, you can transfer a free 30-day trial here. Creating sneak photography requires you to look at situations and objects in a assorted way. Project it on a white wall or a screen, and enjoy the show. You can also add filters and blur part of your shot using their radial and linear blur using their tilt-shift function. If you’re looking for ways to make your photography stand out – whether you’re shooting with your smartphone or a different camera – check out awesome eBook, The Creativity Field Guide. Available with 128GB storage (12GB RAM), 256GB storage (12GB RAM) and 512GB storage (16GB RAM), storage options are plentiful, though there’s no microSD card support here. Guest article Your battery life will depend on a lot of things (like how much you use your phone and what apps you run in the background), but it’s worth getting an idea of what the maximum battery life is. Guest-blogger The phone also has plenty of additional modes, from a fun Director’s View which we mentioned above to Pro Video and photo options. This ticks absolutely loads of boxes, and while it's a more high-priced budget smartphone, in terms of value for money it's right up there. Please refresh the page and try again. Guest posting rules Both of these styles can help to add fixed charge in your smartphone photography. Follow our tips here on how to create the best possible images. The Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra is a massive smartphone, combining a 6. Instagram has over 400 million users, so you can understand that 52 Million images posted a day happens very often. Your smartphone is a tool to help capture these delights.  I switch over to the canonic mode whenever I need to seriously increase or decrease the exposure, or in low light conditions (where the HDR mode struggles to focus). Here are a few that have caught our eye recently. The ultrawide is a welcome step up compared to many, with autofocus activity macro photography as close as a few centimeters and minimal distortion - not to mention a severely broad field of view. Blog for us One situation where a smartphone is helpful is having web images directly. And the editing apps are nothing compared to programs like Adobe Lightroom and Photoshop. Submit content This way, the results will be more stunning and professional. You are free to pan, tilt or walk while you keep photographing. But you need to cull much of your work. If you’re looking mostly to share written insights and updates, with the occasional image thrown in, Twitter might be a good place to start. ​Nowadays, when you attend an event there’s a good chance that it will have its own hashtag. Learn a bit more about it in the box below, then head this way for the full details and to grab a copy for yourself!. Vertical video only works if the person viewing that video is viewing on a phone, like in Instagram Stories. While it's a bit of an imposition to carry a tripod, with phones getting smarter, having a flexible tripod and a smartphone mount opens up a world of possibilities - impossible selfies, moon shots, night photos to die for - or longer exposures that turn water into smoke. Become an author Whether you go the same route or not is your call!. This little printer – it’s not much bigger than your phone – lets you print images from your phone, wirelessly, on Instax film! It’s a bit of a novelty, but we had tons of fun with it when we tried it out, and can see it being great for portrait photographers and anyone with young kids.  So, what’s the plus? When you can’t rely on your technical or editing powers to create a great shot, you have to go back to the basics: Composition. One of the first points is to only post your best images. Stand under the shadow of a tree or building and notice the soft, diffuse light that wraps around the face. Guest blogger Using people in your photography can help to cut out one common mistake.  When I used a various camera or edited a shot on my computer, you’ll see a note saying so.  The filters come from the following series (some series may no longer be available):HB2 = Hypebeast X VSCOM5 = Subtle FadeB5 = Black & White MoodyT1 = Faded & MoodyA4 = Aesthetic Series.


Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra review sponsored post

When faced with bright scenes, the device can expose the image, producing clipping in the highlights – this means the camera reads the area as completely white, and you'll be unable to restore detail during the editing process. 7 | Front camera: 8MP | OIS: Yes | Weight: 143 g | Dimensions: 144 x 69 x 8. Despite using the standard 27MP mode most of the time, we can’t overstate just how knock-down the phone’s 108MP mode is when the light is right. You can easily practice your craft – and add to your visual record – every single day. Above: A shot of a log, straight out of my smartphone camera. This is a guest post by You want those selfies to be stellar, so take time to wipe the sweat, grease, or makeup off the lens so you look pin sharp. If you don’t think 128GB is enough, definitely go for the Pro, as there’s no microSD card storage expansion here. Portrait Mode is an amazing feature of the newer version of the iPhone. Digital Camera World is supported by its masses. Read our detailed iPhone vs Android comparison here to figure out which one suits you better. That means it’s far easier to adjust exposure levels, check white balance and cook up colours when editing in apps like Snapseed, VCSO and Halide (take a look at our guide to the best photo editing apps). Articles wanted But a normal-sized one would be too bulky for your small device. Submit guest article Babies grow up so quickly that sometimes you don’t have time to book a professional photographer. Guest post courtesy of It can store all your photographs. Make sure to check your phone to see if it has this capability and how it can be bespoken. Light can have a big impact on the look and feel of your images. Read here for more message whether your camera really matters (spoiler -It doesn’t!). When you buy up through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. The smartphone world can be divided into two groups: IOS and Android-based in devices. You can also change the tone of highlights and shadows, add grain or fade, and make a few other stylistic adjustments. But did you know that Adobe Photoshop also has a mobile app version? It offers quite many tools to help you edit your photos. Look for a triangle of light on the subject’s cheek that’s farthest away from the window – this is called Rembrandt lighting, named after the painterly master himself. However, taken as a whole – between its all-round imaging and video performance, and especially its A13 Bionic chip and Apple-standard software updates – the iPhone SE is unimpeachably the best value handset out there right now.  As a result, the waitress walking through the shot ended up blurry. Want to write for Don't use the Instagram camera. Sometimes tech fans can talk up the annual improvements in phone cameras too much, but three years of progress really adds up, particularly given the focus on low-light quality we’ve seen in the last 18 months. Anyone who wants an Apple watch, for example, will need an iPhone 5 (or a newer model). As an avid photographer, you will need to scout locations. This older model is available for a great price now. © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. Guest blogger The Redmi Note 9 also uses a MediaTek G85 hardware rather than the more popular Snapdragon 665. Sometimes, your phone is going to reduce your shutter speed to let more light in. This post was written by Here’s what that means for your photos: If you want your viewer to look at your subject, place them at the end of a line (or a series of lines, for even more attention-directing power!). Reading is believing, so start believing here. As a plus, if you run regular backups of your images to your computer and hard drives, you’ll be able to delete old shots from your phone and free up valuable space for new images!. Submit guest post And the result will allow you to enjoy your smartphone’s content in a bigger size. Guest blogger Welcome to our little corner of the Internet. (You can also make phone and video calls, send instant messages, and do a suite of other things. Although named Portrait mode, this occasion works well on any subject that benefits from a touch of isolation from the background. Get the best camera deals, reviews, product advice, competitions, unmissable business news and more!. Guest post opportunities DIY photos of newborns won’t look the same as the ones done in a professional studio. Almost all camera phones can shoot HD video (1080P).  That’s a huge draw!Another bonus of Flickr: The site has been around for over a decade now, so there’s a reasonable chance that it (and your with kid gloves cultivated gallery) won’t just disappear on you all-night. Articles wanted No Crop lets you not only maintain the shape of your shot, but also allows you to perform basic edits, apply filters, create collages, apply text – a lot of the extras you won’t find in a straight editing app. No matter where you are, and what your focus, try and aim for a single idea or concept. For the most part, they lack the manual controls or the hardware you need to say, create a dreamily shallow depth of field, get a crisp shot of someone in motion, or produce a shot in low light that’s not peppered with noise. Guest contributor guidelines When faced with bright scenes, the device can expose the image, producing clipping in the highlights – this means the camera reads the area as completely white, and you'll be unable to restore detail during the editing process. Other than that, it all comes down to your creativeness. Harsh sunlight should be limited as not to blow out the highlights. While it might be slightly overshadowed by its big brother, the recently released Google Pixel 4a 5G, the example Google Pixel 4a is around $150 cheaper and carries some very respectable specs. Most folks may think of Instagram simply as a sharing app, but it also allows you to edit your shots. Become an author High feature count and 48MP, at a low cost. Submit a guest post The iPhone 7’s night photos are pretty poor for a phone of this price. And for times when we can’t pull our more expensive gear out – like when it’s at risk of getting damaged or the position prohibits proper cameras – we use our phones exclusively and are glad for it! A quick example: Say you’re interested in snapping some underwater shots on your next trip but can’t bear to shell out for an submersed housing unit for your DSLR – a much more affordable tight case for your smartphone can make it possible!. Many sharing services these days encourage users to interact with each other. This phone does not set new standards, but it is definitely a handy alternative to the Moto G8 line if every penny counts. But some camera phones support shooting at faster frame rates (for slow motion video). With a larger camera, I might not have been able to compose the image. If you need a little more guidance on what app to use, here’s a quick rundown of the major players in the editing app market (but make sure to take a look at your app store to see what’s available – you may find thing that suits you better!). This is great for landscapes doused in light during the golden hour. Take time to make sure that what you want to take a picture of is in focus. With a 12 MP ultrawide, the Galaxy S21 Ultra’s all-seeing eye drops the resolution, and with it, the aperture too, to a (still respectable) f/2.  I switch over to the canonic mode whenever I need to seriously increase or decrease the exposure, or in low light conditions (where the HDR mode struggles to focus). Check our article here for all the cognition you need about color concepts. By Andrew Williams, James Artaius, Louise Carey 25 May 2021. ​When you buy up a smartphone, it will most likely come pre-programmed with a default camera app. Sponsored post by On the plus, Samsung does give you control over contrast, saturation, tint, and other elements of your photo, so even if you don’t fancy shooting RAW, you can still apply customizations beyond exposure and focus. Please refresh the page and try again. The jury is out on whether the issue is mainly caused by Instagram or Android, but either way, the result is the same. White balance is perceptibly cooler than that of the iPhone 11 Pro and Pixel 4, and in certain scenes, images lacked some warmth as a result in Auto mode. To take photos like a pro, you need to take that photo with the regular camera, make any edits, and then share it via your construction of choice. There are specific cellphone applications to help your landscape photography. Check out The Creativity Field Guide! This super-fun eBook is packed with over 100 photography project ideas, plus tons of photos, illustrations and other fun stuff too – like field trips, quotes and even a brute hunt! Get ready to get inspired!. As for video, the S21 Ultra introduces a new Director’s View to the line, which supports a live preview of three focal lengths within the UI while shooting, so you know exactly what view you’re switching between. Above: In the first image, the diagonal lines of the trees and picnic table give the shot a more dynamic feel. On the flip side, Androids’ technology is rapidly evolving, as it needs to compete with the Apple giant.  There are a lot of editing apps offering a huge range of functions, and the mix is always changing, so take a look at the photo editing apps in your phone’s app store to see what’s popular. Want to contribute to our website Your eyes will follow them to the top. It’s thicker than the iPhone 12 Pro Max, measuring 8. Read this article for the multitude of uses this gadget has. It is a cable release for cellphones. Rounding off, the huge 5,000mAh battery, which charges at up to 25W wired, and at 15W with a wireless charger, the S21 Ultra lasts a full day even with comparatively heavy use. If you are on a personal connection, like at home, you can run an anti-virus scan on your device to make sure it is not infected with malware. The jury is out on whether the issue is mainly caused by Instagram or Android, but either way, the result is the same. Above: With this shot, I could have got away with using my DSLR, but using my smartphone made me a little less conspicuous. The curved glass front and back mask just how thick it is, and while it’s heavy at over 200g, it feels manageable. So until the day arrives where I bring myself to tote around multiple devices, always at the ready, it’s me and my smartphone. One problem with this is ergonomics. Want to contribute to our website That might be adding contrast, pulling down highlights or boosting the permeation for more punch. Taken the right way will create some interesting images. Despite using the standard 27MP mode most of the time, we can’t overstate just how knock-down the phone’s 108MP mode is when the light is right. Whether you're looking for a budget Android phone or you want to stick with Apple and get a budget iPhone, you can pick up a fantastic phone with a great camera system for a fraction of the price of the absolute best camera phones. Guest posts wanted If, however, you’re looking for the most powerful smartphone you can pick up for a similar price, then there are other better options out there. One of our recommendations is the Magic Shutter App. The headline grabber, however, is the 10 MP, f/4. Stand under the shadow of a tree or building and notice the soft, diffuse light that wraps around the face. © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. Guest posting Meanwhile, the 10x zoom manages to best the photograph champ, the Huawei P40 Pro Plus. It is beguiling to share everything you pic. Above: Placing your subject in a frame – in this case a literal one (the doorframe) – is a great way to draw mental faculty to them!. One area might be capturing portraits using your smartphone. Meanwhile, this Samsung camera phone has a powerful 3,100mAh battery and uses either the Snapdragon 845 chipset or the Exynos 9810 chipset, depending on what region you're in. A popular type of photography that many mobile photographers enjoy is macro process.  If you like the functionality, awesome! If not, you might want to try an decision making from your app store. This is a guest post by Around the back of the phone is a marked camera surround that extends out of the polished metal frame, as well as a matte Gorilla Glass rear panel. Guest post by HDR or High Dynamic Range is a way of creating a stunning image from a subject with difficult kindling. Running Android 10 out of the box, the Samsung Galaxy S10e offers a heck of a lot of phone for not very much money.  Start keeping your photos safe, now!. Write for us There’s also a 2MP macro camera that, unlike some of the competition, isn’t fixed-focus. But don’t lose sight of the fact that smartphones still don’t match the quality of DSLRs or even advanced point-and-shoots (the photos from which you can share on platforms like Instagram and Flickr). An interesting remark or shadow can be a subject in its own right. If you want to capture detail in the brightest sections of your scene, tap on the bright section to deliberately underexpose your image. It has a better grip than the phone, and even comes with a wrist strap. When taking photos and videos with a phone, video calling, or live streaming, two things are very important– the lighting and keeping your phone steady. While these apps aren’t as omnipotent as the professional-level editing programs you might have on your computer, they do allow you to make coarse adjustments to your images, quickly, often for no cost or just a few dollars. All those screen smarts combine with a bright, easy-to-view display that’s vibrant, deep, inky, and a treat to watch, swipe, shoot, and edit on. While that might remove distracting detail from the panorama and help the subject pop, it can also make photos look a little artificial. Get the best camera deals, reviews, product advice, competitions, unmissable photography news and more!. Above: In the first photo, strong shadows create lines that frame the napping cat.  If you’re new to editing your images on a computer and are looking to get into it seriously, we recommend checking out Adobe Lightroom – a powerful and intuitive professional editing program. The Google Pixel 4a carries a single rear camera with a 12MP sensor, featuring dual-pixel phase detect optical device and optical image stabilization. A hyper-lapse is a video created from many photographs taken in succession. But the level of engagement with your images is more important than the number of followers. Not to mention all the food we eat. Guest posts wanted By employing pixel binning it shoots at 27MP by default, change of integrity every four pixels into one.


Xiaomi Mi Note 10 review contribute to our site

The camera’s Night mode is the part we prize most. Also loaded up with OIS, it focuses using a combination of PDAF and Laser AF. A visual percept gives you more room to play with the image. Guest post There are lots of smartphone applications out there consecrate to image editing. Like other iPhones, the processing is elegant and the in-app image preview is more faithful than just about any cheap Android’s. (Pocket-lint) - Over the past decade or so, we've seen the compact camera market crash, photo sharing explode and smartphones evolve into the most important cameras around. Now, with smartphones and sharing services, we can take a photo and have it online, edited, with a caption, in a minute or two. There’s only one selfie camera too here. In the box below, you’ll find some of the main points you may want to canvas from a physical process perspective. I’m Lauren’s younger sister, and a odd-job ninja here at Photography Concentrate. Suggest a post It uses the same Sony IMX 363 main sensor as the top-end Pixel 3. If you don’t think 128GB is enough, definitely go for the Pro, as there’s no microSD card storage expansion here. As you photograph a subject, the finding is recorded. To take photos quickly you should learn your smartphone’s shortcut for accessing the camera. The colors in your images are an important area in smartphone photography. The ultrawide is a welcome step up compared to many, with autofocus activity macro photography as close as a few centimeters and minimal distortion - not to mention a severely broad field of view. The Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra is a massive smartphone, combining a 6. Mobile photography or iPhoneography is for snapping those precious moments. With increasing presentment in low light conditions, turning off the flash can be the best thing you do. If you’re a nonrecreational photographer or an avid hobbyist, chances are that you’ve taken some shots of your family and friends with your best camera. Available with 128GB storage (12GB RAM), 256GB storage (12GB RAM) and 512GB storage (16GB RAM), storage options are plentiful, though there’s no microSD card support here. 0 now from the Chrome Web Store. Want to contribute to our website The headline grabber, however, is the 10 MP, f/4. The caption for the shot above was simply, “Shall we?”, tantalising viewers to imagine themselves in the scene, getting ready to venture down the path. You can download a free 30-day trial of either program here. Above: The diagonal lines of the staircase are a magnet for your eye! Place your subject at the end of those lines, and your viewer is sure to see them!. Once your phone is internet-connected, you’ll need to choose which photo-sharing services you want to use. It's capable of actuation 4K video at 30fps and 1080p video at 120fps. If you’re serious about smartphone photography, it may be worth it to pay the premium. While tech is of course continuing to improve, it has been for a while, and that means the smartphones of the past few years still take grand photos. That’s cool, but the S21 Ultra takes things even further with its pin-sharp WQHD+ resolution. We like to keep it a small group so we can engage together. Guest post It's not the best iPhone for photography you can buy, obviously, since there have been many new models since. If you do it well, nobody will even think of asking you what device you used for taking the photos. The Pro mode offers up full control over all five lenses, not to mention a shutter speed of up to 32 seconds and an ISO of up to 3200. One of the big trends with photo-sharing employment – especially Instagram – is to use the service as a visual diary or journal. As you photograph a subject, the finding is recorded. This is especially true of sites like Instagram and Tumblr (the latter of which isn’t specifically geared towards photos). This site will give you an in-depth review of the camera on almost every major smartphone out there. However, there are so many selfie sticks out there, it’s hard to tell which ones are good and which ones will become useless trash …. Even if the sun isn’t in your image, the angle can still hit the glass of your lens and bounce around inside. And like Instagram, you can use hashtags to get your work in front of other users. Guest posts Notice how much less sharp it is compared to the freehanded image. This is great for landscapes doused in light during the golden hour. Sometimes, using your smartphone to take pictures is obvious. In fact, you can even take a passport photo of your baby using your smartphone, provided it has a good camera. Results are sharp though, and shareable, though if you want the most flattering selfies on the scene, Huawei’s front cameras are still our choice.  I’ve shared over 450 photos on Instagram and looked at thousands of images shared by other people. Engage this mode and you can expect to generate an effect where the environment behind your subject is nicely blurred. That said, with PDAF and 4K video capture at up to 60fps, it’s definitely one of the more specced out front cameras we’ve used. Guest post courtesy of Apps like Snapseed or Photoshop Express can do wonderful things on your phone with just a few taps. This site will give you an in-depth review of the camera on almost every major smartphone out there. This process is a great way to show off landscapes, portraits, and low-light scenes.  There are over 200 million blogs certified on the site, so the community is talkative (and probably more varied than what you’ll find on a photo-specific site). If you host a blog or another kind of website, smartphone photography and social sharing sites can help you engage an existing audience, and build a new audience, for your work!See, when you post an image to a social sharing site, so long as you have an open profile, pretty much anyone on that site can find it. So, while you're considering all the great ways to make photos better, spare a thought for video too. The best way to keep your cell phone still while photographing is by using a tripod. Take time to make sure that what you want to take a picture of is in focus. ​Nowadays, when you attend an event there’s a good chance that it will have its own hashtag. Here’s what that means for your photos: If you want your viewer to look at your subject, place them at the end of a line (or a series of lines, for even more attention-directing power!). You can even buy some pretty good detachable lenses and filters, which complement the phone optics. Smartphones already have this tool enclosed inside the in-phone camera app. But the bottom line, and the most important thing to remember, is that there will be a budget phone out there for you. In turn, processing the 108MP images can leave you unable to open them for a few seconds and can result in the camera app hanging every now and then. Submit post Affordable Xiaomi phones are hard to beat for the bang-for-buck features they offer. Write for us Once we’ve got the basics down, we’ll hook you up with some ideas of what to photograph, to help you dive right into smartphone photography. Guest post courtesy of The average person on the street may be more attuned to the photographer’s front and more likely to change their behaviour as a result (for example, by politely stepping out of your shot). This is something that you can’t replicate from a standard video. The good thing about using your phone is that it gets you moving. If you do it well, nobody will even think of asking you what device you used for taking the photos. So take advantage of it! Purposefully create images that capture with blurry elements – they can lend your photos a more dynamic feeling. Using people in your photography can help to cut out one common mistake. Babies grow up so quickly that sometimes you don’t have time to book a professional photographer. And like Instagram, you can use hashtags to get your work in front of other users. For example, when you want to avoid camera shake, you need a tripod. Guest posting Outside camera, the Pixel 3a has a plastic body and mid-range Snapdragon 670 CPU. If you’re shooting with an iPhone X, swipe down the Control Centre, then press and hold the camera icon to display multiple camera options such as Take Selfie or Record Video. Scroll through, and you’ll get an idea of what you can (and, in some cases, can’t) do with a camera phone. It doesn't have to be super arty either - it could just be friends on a night out. SPECIAL OFFER! FREE for next 4 weeks - Offer Ends in:. 2, 26mm lens, selfie specs read predictably. The Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra is a massive smartphone, combining a 6. You make tiny subjects and objects much larger than they would be. Even if the sun isn’t in your image, the angle can still hit the glass of your lens and bounce around inside. The caption for the shot above was simply, “Shall we?”, tantalising viewers to imagine themselves in the scene, getting ready to venture down the path. Sign up now and get unlimited access to ALL of our courses. Submitting a guest post Although the front camera is hardly ever as good as the rear camera, we have seen lots of improvement in the quality of the selfie camera in recent years. Submit an article Elsewhere, the Moto G8 Power has a good 6. If you want to get more creative with your shots – for example by combining multiple images into one, removing or adding major features, or adding text – check out Adobe Photoshop CC (or the pared down version, Adobe Photoshop Elements). With increasing presentment in low light conditions, turning off the flash can be the best thing you do. The only thing it's really missing is a telephoto lens, but these tend to be used less than wide angle lenses anyway. I accepted and signed up for Instagram that salutation. They seem to shout out: Hey look! This thing here is so important that it gets its own frame!. Your smartphone is intuitive and might pick the wrong area to focus on. Like other iPhones, the processing is elegant and the in-app image preview is more faithful than just about any cheap Android’s. That common feature: A great integrative style. Let's start with horsepower: the Snapdragon 730G processor inside isn’t going to deliver the high-end performance as the Snapdragon 855, as found in the Google Pixel 4 will, or that of the 855 Plus, which is in the ZTE Nubia Z20. There are specific cellphone applications to help your landscape photography. Have a look at the case made by Moment. Clockwise from top left, the filters are: No filter (original image), HB2, M5, B5, T1, and A4. Learn how to keep your photos safe from theft, human error, disaster and dragons – the easy way! We’ll teach you to create the perfect backup plan for your needs, whether you’re shooting only with your smartphone or creating tons of content with your trusty DSLR too. What makes this different to a time-lapse is that you move as you capture the images. When you buy up through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. The 64MP Realme X2 Pro’s additional pixels don’t add to its imaging capabilities, for example, so the Mi Note 10 really is a special camera phone. And if you absolutely need to capture more dynamic range, try actuation on your phone’s HDR mode (if it has one), or leave your phone in your pocket and switch back to your more advanced camera. Babies grow up so quickly that sometimes you don’t have time to book a professional photographer. Guest contributor guidelines Check our article here for all the cognition you need about color concepts. Your best camera is the one that is always with you.


Choosing a Phone contributing writer

For example, look for patterns in everyday objects. Instagram is a great tool for both editing and sharing. It lets you work with long exposures. Learn how to keep your photos safe from theft, human error, disaster and dragons – the easy way! We’ll teach you to create the perfect backup plan for your needs, whether you’re shooting only with your smartphone or creating tons of content with your trusty DSLR too. With so many folks using the service now, it’s harder to get your work noticed (though hashtagging can help – more on that in section 5). Starting with that gargantuan megapixel-count, the headline feature of the Mi Note 10 is made possible by Samsung’s Isocell Bright HMX 108MP 1/1. In a receding and pandemic year, stripped-back flagships were well received, with phones like the Google Pixel 5 and OnePlus 8T serving up some cost-conscious flagship appeal. This lens magnifies x18 so distant objects appear extremely close. Despite using the standard 27MP mode most of the time, we can’t overstate just how knock-down the phone’s 108MP mode is when the light is right. This will provide similarly distributed light as open shade, but with more directionality. Submit article All those screen smarts combine with a bright, easy-to-view display that’s vibrant, deep, inky, and a treat to watch, swipe, shoot, and edit on. It’s a great way to engage your audience with your art, and allows you to keep with the spirit of sharing service  that’s more geared towards photography. One problem with this is ergonomics. It would not seem half as good value without it. However, that comes at the cost of a bigger file, which if you’re tight for space on your handset, you might want to avoid for everyday use. Submit a guest post Your smartphone photography needs a workflow. Both the Galaxy S21 and the S21 Plus sport lower resolution screens than last year’s S20 and S20 Plus. We’ll tell you which ones, and how to turn them off. While historically it’s been more geared towards sharing occupation in general, and not smartphone photography, the ADPS is becoming more user-friendly for smartphone users, especially with the most recent update of the Flickr smartphone app. Above: A shot of a finished watercolour painting, and a behind-the-scenes look at a similar project, both taken with my smartphone camera. Tips on how to get noticed can be found in our article here. HDR or High Dynamic Range is a way of creating a stunning image from a subject with difficult kindling. We use it to capture the world around us. Guest post courtesy of  As a result, the waitress walking through the shot ended up blurry. By telling the device where to meter from, you can make the image brighter and thereby regain detail in the darker areas of the frame. But it's worth taking to time to judge whether a photo looks better with that effect or not. And for times when we can’t pull our more expensive gear out – like when it’s at risk of getting damaged or the position prohibits proper cameras – we use our phones exclusively and are glad for it! A quick example: Say you’re interested in snapping some underwater shots on your next trip but can’t bear to shell out for an submersed housing unit for your DSLR – a much more affordable tight case for your smartphone can make it possible!. Use them as a starting point to get your own ideas flowing. Make sure that there are some settings which don’t disturb your process. While the design of cameras has developed to sit in your hands, smartphones haven’t. One situation where a smartphone is helpful is having web images directly. If you’re in the market for a new smartphone, we unfortunately can’t tell you exactly what to buy. Read on for some advice that you can use every time you pull the phone from your pocket, wherever you are, to make the most of that sophisticated computer-powered camera you almost always carry with you. We go this route to preserve photo quality, pulling our phone shots into Adobe Lightroom for a quick edit and exportation them as full-sized files before printing. Pretty soon, you’ll find your (smartphone photo) voice!. There are some drawbacks though, as experienced on the Galaxy Note 20 Ultra and Xiaomi’s Mi Note 10 (both sporting the 108MP Samsung module). Why on earth would you spend hundreds of dollars on a fragile phone, made from glass, and not protect it?. ​When you buy up a smartphone, it will most likely come pre-programmed with a default camera app. See our article here for the other 9 apps. In this article, we’re going to look at the steps you need to take in order to take a good passport photo of …. If you're homicide video of thing amazing happening that you might want to share on the big screen one day, please, please, please, rotate your phone to horizontal so we don't have to look at the blurred edges. If you can, then, make a habit of grabbing a few shots of your work on your phone, for sharing purposes. We can, at least, tell you a bit about what to look for in a smartphone from a photographic sense. If you want to unleash the phone’s full pixel-power, though, you can crank up the resolution to create 12,032 x 9,024, 108. Write for us Shooting at a concert in dark conditions? The flash isn't going to reach the stage anyway, so turn it off. Guest contributor guidelines Light can change the color of your shot, too! For example, daylight tends to be neutral or slightly blue, sunrise and sunset light tends to be warm, and the light before sunrise and after sunset is much more blue. One of the big draws of smartphone photography is that it allows you to create and share your work – with folks from all of the world, if you want – in just a matter of seconds!You see, when you have a phone that connects to the internet, you can upload your shots to all kinds of places – picturing communities, social networking sites, messaging services, emails, and on and on. If you host a blog or another kind of website, smartphone photography and social sharing sites can help you engage an existing audience, and build a new audience, for your work!See, when you post an image to a social sharing site, so long as you have an open profile, pretty much anyone on that site can find it. Because cameras don’t adjust for changes in the color of light as well as our eyes do, these colors can show up quite powerfully in your photos. The other ten tips to get a feel for Instagram are here in this article. To be able to share your images, they need to be the best you can create. Want to write an article Check our article here for all the cognition you need about color concepts. This is a guest post by Don’t be afraid of layering other forms of composition to lead their eyes to these areas. Historically, iPhones have been the popular choice among smartphone users (or at least users who are willing to invest in expensive gear) and so companies have been eager to develop apps and accessories that are iPhone-compatible. Your phone is almost always with you, and it is a perfect choice for taking pictures of tiny subjects. Portrait Mode is an amazing feature of the newer version of the iPhone. Sponsored post But the sun can also present a lot of opportunities and using a low sun to create silhouettes and long shadows is a great way to get something slightly different. You might find that adding people to an image that has no focal point can add depth. Meanwhile, the 10x zoom manages to best the photograph champ, the Huawei P40 Pro Plus. Copyright © 2021 Shaw Academy Ltd. Smartphones are one of the most versatile pieces of instrumentation you will ever own. 99 (taxes, shipping and other fees not included). The main camera has a 48MP Samsung GM1 sensor, used in lots of phones including pricey ones such as the Samsung Galaxy A90 5G. For example, my phone has both a standard mode, where I can manually adjust my exposure, and an high dynamic range (HDR) mode, that produces a single shot from several images taken at diverse exposures. As you find yourself turning more and more to your phone, you will enjoy a few tips. Camera quality is one of the main reasons to buy a Pixel 3a.  That’s a huge draw!Another bonus of Flickr: The site has been around for over a decade now, so there’s a reasonable chance that it (and your with kid gloves cultivated gallery) won’t just disappear on you all-night. Plus, we have to admit, it’s awfully nice to be able to scroll through our shots and have a visual record of moments we might other than forget!. But in reading the list, you should get a sense of what functions you want, which’ll be a big help when you start exploring your app store and looking at what each editing app offers. The 3x zoom takes on the majority of telephoto phones — the iPhone 12 Pro Max and OnePlus 8 Pro, for example. It’s thicker than the iPhone 12 Pro Max, measuring 8. And though there will be exceptions, most folks evince positivity and assist. Apply any additional edits you want, add a caption or placement information to your shot (which’ll allow people to see that location on a map), and hit ‘share’. Here’s what that means for your photos: If you want your viewer to look at your subject, place them at the end of a line (or a series of lines, for even more attention-directing power!). Here, we've included phones for those who want to spend a more sensible amount for thing that will still take great pictures. Above: To be fair to my phone, I was taking this shot while I was on a moving bicycle, and my subject was moving too. Plus, we get all those bonus benefits of plugging into an online community that just doesn’t exist with a standalone blog. Digital Camera World is part of Future plc, an foreign media group and leading digital publisher. While you can share and hashtag images of the event that you took with your DSLR, the general trend with event-specific hashtags is to post phone shots. Leaving your camera on its default settings will produce blurry results. In some cases, this app will be exactly what you need! And in some cases…well, let’s just say you can do better. Plus, we have to admit, it’s awfully nice to be able to scroll through our shots and have a visual record of moments we might other than forget!. Contributing writer Or for times when you need something more heavy-duty, we've also found the best cameras for creatives. Elsewhere, the Moto G8 Power has a good 6. But you can also edit your images in Lightroom. Submit your content Additional camera specs include a 32MP selfie camera and up to 4K video capture at 30fps, as well as a fun new ‘Vlog mode' that creates short montages against music, complete with transitions. The 3x zoom takes on the majority of telephoto phones — the iPhone 12 Pro Max and OnePlus 8 Pro, for example. Submit content First up, introductions! I’m Stephanie. And then it was time to upgrade. They can draw your eye to a subject, or take it away, out of the frame. 7kg DSLR and lens with them all the time. Learn how to keep your photos safe from theft, human error, disaster and dragons – the easy way! We’ll teach you to create the perfect backup plan for your needs, whether you’re shooting only with your smartphone or creating tons of content with your trusty DSLR too. Want to write an article Hi! I’m Stephanie! I’m an occasional ninja here at Photography Concentrate and a photographer at www. Above: Even though the texture is pretty similar across the frame, your eyes can’t help but jump to the bright pop of red. All the photos above are straight out of the phone with no editing at all. All that being said, your priorities may be different from ours – it’s your call! But if we can advocate one thing above all else: try the phone before you buy. Digital Camera World is part of Future US Inc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. But with a camera around your neck, it can be hard to blend in, especially nowadays when there are more photographers out there. Submit blog post  But chances are, if you’re like us, you’ll want to capture most of those things on one of the best cameras you have – the memories you create when you’re travelling are special ones and you want to do them justice!So, when we travel, do we let our smartphone camera take a break? Nope, no sir, no ma’am!  Let me tell you why. It doesn’t happen often, but they may just get in touch with you to see if they can repost it or license it!. Guest article On the camera front specifically, we want a camera app that’s easy to use (or to know that we can download a better alternative) and great image quality. Some folks aren’t happy with Instagram’s Terms of Use, which gives the company license to use your work (your use of the service serves as your permission). Using Facebook, a blog post or dedicated website photo, your images will be around 700px. Here are a few (usually) non-essentials that you might want to consider, beyond the run-of-the-mill case and screen shielder. 2) | 5MP (color filter) | Front camera: 16MP | OIS: Yes | Weight: 199 g | Dimensions: 165. What is composition, you ask? In essence, when you compose a shot, you’re choosing how to arrange the visual elements in your frame – elements like lines, shapes, colors and light. Do you care about having burst mode, icon control, panorama capabilities, etc. Look for a triangle of light on the subject’s cheek that’s farthest away from the window – this is called Rembrandt lighting, named after the painterly master himself. If one of your goals with your smartphone photography is to share your work quickly, chances are you’ll be looking to do your image editing straight on your phone using a photo-editing app. Writers wanted Your phone is almost always with you, and it is a perfect choice for taking pictures of tiny subjects. The cyberspace is full of reviews by people who know their microchips from their megabites. But there's a whole range of apps that will let you edit, from stock apps like Google Photos or Apple Photos, it's easy to quickly make a few changes to a photo for more drama.


Getting Started guest blogger guidelines

Guest posting rules That's why it's worth shopping around. © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. The name instead comes from the operating system those phones run – the Android system formulated by Google. You want to capture a moment and you’re afraid you’re going to miss it. Vertical video only works if the person viewing that video is viewing on a phone, like in Instagram Stories. Test out its various modes (panorama, video, etc) in different conditions – like low light, direct sun, and when your subject is moving – to see what the different modes excel at and where they fall a little short. If you’re serious about smartphone photography, it may be worth it to pay the premium. 8-inch screen size with and a 227g body. For photo editing in double-quick time, explore our roundup of the best free Photoshop actions. Leaving your camera on its default settings will produce blurry results. Write for us If you want to take a great photo and share it with your followers, use your regular phone camera to take the photo, then add it to Instagram or whatever platform you're sending it to. There’s no doubt that smartphone cameras have come a long way over the years. For example, low light conditions could use artificial lighting. Digital Camera World is part of Future US Inc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. But now that number is increasing, albeit very slowly right …. (You can also make phone and video calls, send instant messages, and do a suite of other things. Accepting guest posts The passing cars will illuminate the scene, adding this red and white path of light. Some phones offer a second camera for "data", but don't fall for that - we'd rather have a wide-angle lens to take great photos instead. On the accessories front, this is helped by the fact that there are relatively few models of iPhone being used at any given time. If you’re not camera savvy (or phone savvy), check in with someone who is! Don’t know anyone? No worries. We are a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program organized to provide a means for us to earn fees by linking to Amazon. Want to contribute to our website What makes this different to a time-lapse is that you move as you capture the images. By employing pixel binning it shoots at 27MP by default, change of integrity every four pixels into one. Tips on how to get noticed can be found in our article here. When the lights drop, the primary camera needs to be flicked into night mode to capture great results, and even then, the results aren’t Huawei Mate 30 Pro impressive with a crusty layer of processing visible when you pinch in. By image stacking, you help to bring out the details from the highlights and shadowy areas. With a 13mm equivalent field of view, it’s wider than the likes of the Huawei Mate 40 Pro’s ultrawide, though with a 1/2. The iPhone 7’s night photos are pretty poor for a phone of this price. Sponsored post As for the phone’s 2MP macro camera, it captures proud shots in perfect lighting, though we decidedly wouldn’t call it a killer feature. Meanwhile, this Samsung camera phone has a powerful 3,100mAh battery and uses either the Snapdragon 845 chipset or the Exynos 9810 chipset, depending on what region you're in. So take some time to learn what your phone can actually do and then go out and do it. But we won’t leave you totally in the dark here. England and Wales company registration number 2008885. Fortunately, plenty of smartphone tripods these days come with a ring light. But all smartphones are using a lot of software or dyed intelligence to clean up images and give you more pleasing results. The 108 MP main camera isn’t always the most nuanced sharpshooter, but as a package, there’s plenty to love, provided you can handle its hefty size and price tag.  I’ve captured big moments – adventures, birthdays, holidays – moments that, as usual, were also recorded on my DSLR. You can also take 360-degree panorama photos with your phone. In a nutshell, the Xiaomi Mi Note 10’s primary camera captures more detail than any other camera phone on the market but doesn’t quite beat out the best performers when it comes to dynamic range and low light performance. Rear cameras: 48MP (wide-angle, f/1. If you want to capture detail in the brightest sections of your scene, tap on the bright section to deliberately underexpose your image. Read more here about how this can help you take your smartphone photography to the next level. Here’s the battery pack we use. There’s one important missing camera feature, though; video capture taps out at 1080p, 30 frames per second, where many rivals have full 4K capture. Want to write an article This is really important on the front camera too. If you are at an office or shared network, you can ask the network administrator to run a scan across the network looking for misconfigured or infectious devices. Read this article on what to look for in creating these HDR images. Like Blurb, they offer an Instagram-specific photo book option that allows you to live your book with images taken directly from your feed. This will help you frame better and get used to the distances of your subjects. Meanwhile, this Samsung camera phone has a powerful 3,100mAh battery and uses either the Snapdragon 845 chipset or the Exynos 9810 chipset, depending on what region you're in. 4), 2MP (depth assist) | Front camera: 13MP | OIS: No | Weight: 199 g | Dimensions: 162. Submit blog post It is small enough to fit in your pocket and lightweight enough it won’t break your back. 5 GB is mechanically allocated to you through your iTunes registration. And the “Power” part refers to the battery, not the processor. Guest post: Now that I’ve walked you through the nuts and bolts of sharing your work, let’s take a second to reflect on why you’d want (or not want) to put your smartphone photos online for the world to see. The top-end Pixel phones have two. Read our article and find out what is the best macro lens for iPhone photography. In the days where iPhoneography was a new thing, you had to zoom using your feet. Guest blogger There are definitely more pros and cons to sharing your work, but those are some of the biggest ones we weighed up when deciding whether or not to share our smartphone photos (and other photos) online. Many sharing services these days encourage users to interact with each other. Submit guest article However, since there are just so many selfie stick tripods out there, it can be hard to find the right one for you, or even …. It is stored in your EXIF (Exchangeable image file format) data. Equivalent Android phones are well less expensive. It could be an iPhone or Android, old or new. You can easily practice your craft – and add to your visual record – every single day. The main camera is stabilised and, like the Pixel 3, uses the OIS motor when homicide 2x digital zoom images to capture far better photos than most other phones without a consecrated “telephoto” camera. Blog for us Or you might come across an area without your camera. Submit content I accepted and signed up for Instagram that salutation. Both shots in this section were taken at the 2014 Edmonton Folk Music Festival using my smartphone camera. Above: There are tons of elements at play in the shot above, and no real negative space. A portable battery pack allows you to recharge your phone from a battery. Engage Raw shooting mode when you’re aiming for better quality editing controls or if you want to print your photos from that once-in-a-lifetime holiday. Guest posts wanted This is especially problematic when the suncream comes out - wipe it away and you'll get better pictures. I’ll be guiding you through the exciting world of smartphone photography!. And part of the reason we can build those relationships is because we stay connected – even just a little bit – while we’re away. By Andrew Williams, James Artaius, Louise Carey 25 May 2021. Guest posting rules No matter where you are, and what your focus, try and aim for a single idea or concept. HDR or High Dynamic Range is a way of creating a stunning image from a subject with difficult kindling. 8 | Front camera: 7MP | OIS: Yes | Weight: 148 g | Dimensions: 138. If you want to take a great photo and share it with your followers, use your regular phone camera to take the photo, then add it to Instagram or whatever platform you're sending it to. We weren’t banking on seeing OIS on such a high-resolution sensor and upper-midrange price, but it’s here on the primary lens as well as on the 5x zoom lens too. Want to write for When it comes to noise handling the Galaxy S21 Ultra obliterates any grain when lights drop. Night mode significantly gives the phone an idea of what result you're in reality looking for and deploys a lot of technology to clean up, correct, and come up with a photo that's worth sharing and cherishing. That common feature: A great integrative style. Affordable Xiaomi phones are hard to beat for the bang-for-buck features they offer. Release date: September 2016 | Rear cameras: 12MP (Wide angle lens, f/1. Rear cameras: 48MP (wide-angle, f/1. They’re not even as powerful as some point-and-shoots out there. The Android side of the family lacks in this sector. Submit an article The TCL 10 Lite (10L) is an affordable phone that packs in a few things you might not expect at the price, like a punch hole front camera and large 6. Macro, wide-angle and telephoto lenses are gettable. 9 | OIS: Yes | Weight: 150g | Dimensions: 142. One tip for capturing stunning portraits with your smartphone is to use soft light rather than harsh light. 2, 26mm lens, selfie specs read predictably. It’s time to take advantage of the smartphone camera you’re always carrying around!. Given the fact its main telephoto competition comes from Huawei’s P40 Pro Plus, a phone with no access to Google services, Samsung’s superzoom smartphone will be the only 10x pic consideration for most.  As a result, the waitress walking through the shot ended up blurry. The good thing about using your phone is that it gets you moving. Here’s the good news: When you’re limited technically, you have to push yourself in other ways to make a shot work. An image showing light trails brings in the idea of movement in a still image. Leaving your camera on its default settings will produce blurry results. In some cases, this app will be exactly what you need! And in some cases…well, let’s just say you can do better. The 3x zoom takes on the majority of telephoto phones — the iPhone 12 Pro Max and OnePlus 8 Pro, for example. Sponsored post: ? If so, do your research and see whether the phone you’re eyeing comes with those features (or a relevant app). Watch for event-specific hashtags popping up at weddings, music festivals, fundraisers, workshops and even plain old parties. There are many 360 panorama photo apps out there, and it’s easy to get confused which one is the best choice. The result is a pocket-friendly handset in terms of both size and price, with fusion technology that delivers highly sizeable photographs and 4K video. It may seem a little silly at first, to ikon such small things. And though there will be exceptions, most folks evince positivity and assist. But, on its own, it’s an interesting shot full of details!. This might be good for a huge vista, but it's not so good for analytic your subjects against the background, and can produce uncomplimentary portraits of even the most photogenic of us. It is something that can happen both when using a DSLR camera or a smartphone. Digital Camera World is supported by its audience. This might sound great, but means its photos lose out on nuances phones like the iPhone 12 series and OPPO Find X2 Pro capture. [Note: ExpertPhotography is supported by readers. Want to write a post This combination of dirt and oil can produce unsightly flaring, and at worst make your photos appear soft. HDR or High Dynamic Range is a way of creating a stunning image from a subject with difficult kindling. The ability to react to a fleeting moment is half the battle when it comes to snapping a great shot. Plus, we have to admit, it’s awfully nice to be able to scroll through our shots and have a visual record of moments we might other than forget!. Submitting a guest post If you’re shooting with an iPhone X, swipe down the Control Centre, then press and hold the camera icon to display multiple camera options such as Take Selfie or Record Video.


One more step this post was written by

Affordable Xiaomi phones are hard to beat for the bang-for-buck features they offer. This is where your 22MP DSLR, 16MP Mirrorless or 12MP phone images all become reduced to the same size. It's IP67 water and dust resistant, and features image stabilization for rock-solid 4K 60fps video. It is a cable release for cellphones. I might have also drawn too much attention to myself and inadvertently spoiled the moment!. The culture of Instagram is fairly relaxed, though some folks do play by certain rules: Tag photos you haven’t that day with the hashtag #latergram or share those photos on a Thursday (deemed “Throwback Thursday” – hashtag #tbt). Fortunately, plenty of smartphone tripods these days come with a ring light. Plug into a photo-sharing community like Instagram or Flickr, and get ready to reap the benefits: you’ll connect with friends and other photographers, gain valuable feedback, and get divine. Just touch what you want in focus on the display and often that will just click into place.  But chances are, if you’re like us, you’ll want to capture most of those things on one of the best cameras you have – the memories you create when you’re travelling are special ones and you want to do them justice!So, when we travel, do we let our smartphone camera take a break? Nope, no sir, no ma’am!  Let me tell you why. Submit your content There are other easy tricks, like using edges like fences or paths to draw the viewer into the image and give a greater sense of depth and scale - and pay work to the horizon - is your photo level?. One of the biggest drawbacks of Instagram is that, for a photo sharing app, it doesn’t always make your photos look very good. When faced with bright scenes, the device can expose the image, producing clipping in the highlights – this means the camera reads the area as completely white, and you'll be unable to restore detail during the editing process. Sponsored post by The idea is that you stabilise your camera and capture a long exposure of a busy street. Guest column While the giant 5,260mAh battery is enormous, battery performance was only ever good; never impressive. While we’ve talked so far about sharing photos in their own right, these days more and more people are using photography – and image-sharing sites – to share their non-photographic artwork. You might find that adding people to an image that has no focal point can add depth. Nowadays, apps offer tons of ways to cook up your seminal smartphone image. No Crop lets you not only maintain the shape of your shot, but also allows you to perform basic edits, apply filters, create collages, apply text – a lot of the extras you won’t find in a straight editing app. You are causative for any charges you incur!. To save your images, there are many options. Running Android 10 out of the box, the Samsung Galaxy S10e offers a heck of a lot of phone for not very much money. And in cases where you don’t want to be lugging a heavy (and more valuable) camera around – say at a rowdy music festival – your phone camera may be perfect for the job. Like empty space, frames can help put the focus on your subject. Note: This is a super broad guide. Sponsored post: Do they enhance your message, or ambivalence with it? Do they direct attention to your subject, or distract from it? If the colors aren’t working, and you don’t intend to convert to black and white, consider recomposing!. The phone also captures video at up to 8K resolve (only using the main camera), or 4K/FHD resolution (using all four cameras). Check out our easy tips and create stunning abstract photography with your smartphone. Copyright © 2021 Shaw Academy Ltd. Operating systems & device compatibility. Without these two things, your videos will look very frightening and difficult to watch. Available with 128GB storage (12GB RAM), 256GB storage (12GB RAM) and 512GB storage (16GB RAM), storage options are plentiful, though there’s no microSD card support here. But don’t ignore your friends and fans either!. The Google Pixel 4a carries a single rear camera with a 12MP sensor, featuring dual-pixel phase detect optical device and optical image stabilization. Flickr is a photo-sharing site that’s been around since 2004. Instagram is a great tool for both editing and sharing. ​Nowadays, when you attend an event there’s a good chance that it will have its own hashtag. And though there will be exceptions, most folks evince positivity and assist. It's good to see Samsung continued to cater for users who can't afford the latest models. However, the G8 Power does not have the dedicated night mode of the Motorola Moto G8 Plus. The colors in your images are an important area in smartphone photography. The additional Vlog mode is fun and easy for first-time users to get to grips with, producing fun montages, and unlike the phone’s night mode, Video engages all five cameras. Become an author Some are free, but they often force you to deal with adverts. Guest post Read this article on what to look for in creating these HDR images. We weren’t banking on seeing OIS on such a high-resolution sensor and upper-midrange price, but it’s here on the primary lens as well as on the 5x zoom lens too.  I’ve captured big moments – adventures, birthdays, holidays – moments that, as usual, were also recorded on my DSLR. While historically it’s been more geared towards sharing occupation in general, and not smartphone photography, the ADPS is becoming more user-friendly for smartphone users, especially with the most recent update of the Flickr smartphone app. And if you absolutely need to capture more dynamic range, try actuation on your phone’s HDR mode (if it has one), or leave your phone in your pocket and switch back to your more advanced camera. They can draw your eye to a subject, or take it away, out of the frame. Want to write for So pay close attention to the colors in your scene. Camera phone accessories • Best selfie sticks • Best phone tripods and supports • Best gimbals for video • Best add-on lenses for phones • Best portable power banks • Best phone cases. When you buy up through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. Above: While flying at an altitude where large natural philosophy had to be tucked away, I was able to grab this shot with my smartphone. Some phones will allow you to mechanically back up your photos to a cloud server!. It’s easier than pie, takes just a little effort to get started, and the potential benefits can be huge! In this section, we’ll go over the basics of sharing your work online, talk about some of the pros and cons, and tell you a bit about the vibrant smartphone photography communities out there today. One situation where a smartphone is helpful is having web images directly. The main camera is stabilised and, like the Pixel 3, uses the OIS motor when homicide 2x digital zoom images to capture far better photos than most other phones without a consecrated “telephoto” camera. Xiaomi is no stranger to knocking our socks off with excellent value for money; the fantastic Mi 9T Pro delivers thing power at under £400, and now, the Chinese phone maker has produced a world-first pixel-count smartphone in partnership with Samsung. You can use it to edit your images too. So take advantage of it! Purposefully create images that capture with blurry elements – they can lend your photos a more dynamic feeling. You can use it to write things down and can store your location. Whole communities dedicated to sharing smartphone portraits have sprung up on social-sharing sites. Sponsored post: If the colors are correlative to each other, it helps keep the same tone and mood of the image. I’ve taken over 8,000 photos on my phone. All those screen smarts combine with a bright, easy-to-view display that’s vibrant, deep, inky, and a treat to watch, swipe, shoot, and edit on. Looking for guest posts With a front camera resolution of 40 MP, the S21 Ultra also pumps up the pixels for selfies compared with the vanilla S21 and the Plus, whose selfie cameras are 10MP. There are definitely more pros and cons to sharing your work, but those are some of the biggest ones we weighed up when deciding whether or not to share our smartphone photos (and other photos) online. It is something that can happen both when using a DSLR camera or a smartphone. This article gives great tips on what to look for them and how they dramatize your image. Rounding off, the huge 5,000mAh battery, which charges at up to 25W wired, and at 15W with a wireless charger, the S21 Ultra lasts a full day even with comparatively heavy use. Xiaomi is no stranger to knocking our socks off with excellent value for money; the fantastic Mi 9T Pro delivers thing power at under £400, and now, the Chinese phone maker has produced a world-first pixel-count smartphone in partnership with Samsung. Looking for guest posts But when we come across a scene we want to share immediately, we shoot it with our phone too. Apps are what turns your cellphone into a smartphone. Submit a guest post Running Android 11 and One UI version 3. That means it’s far easier to adjust exposure levels, check white balance and cook up colours when editing in apps like Snapseed, VCSO and Halide (take a look at our guide to the best photo editing apps). In turn, processing the 108MP images can leave you unable to open them for a few seconds and can result in the camera app hanging every now and then. At the moment, it’s geared much more towards written content – like news, jokes, life updates – than images, but the indefinite quantity is there (and it seems to us like the company is trying to evince that, so better image-sharing features may be on their way!). While the design of cameras has developed to sit in your hands, smartphones haven’t. Night mode is the biggest shift in smartphone photography to have arrived in the past 5 years. Shooting modes: There’s plenty inside the camera UI to sink your teeth into beyond automatic modes. Sharing one image will always be more powerful. Contribute to this site The colors in your images are an important area in smartphone photography. Folks aren’t as open to engaging with people who don’t engage back. There are a ton of ways you can lose the data on your phone. What do the photos coming out of the camera look like? Check for things like sharpness, contrast, saturation and color (white balance and tint). Become a contributor Available with 128GB storage (12GB RAM), 256GB storage (12GB RAM) and 512GB storage (16GB RAM), storage options are plentiful, though there’s no microSD card support here. We know that the Xiaomi Mi Note 10 has a special camera, but what’s the rest of the phone like? For the price, it’s marvellous in certain areas and less so in others. The result is a pocket-friendly handset in terms of both size and price, with fusion technology that delivers highly sizeable photographs and 4K video. Contribute to this site The front is all-screen, with a 90 percent screen to body ratio and a cutout selfie camera. Despite using the standard 27MP mode most of the time, we can’t overstate just how knock-down the phone’s 108MP mode is when the light is right. The camera struggled to find focus, but the blurry result is kind of cool!. Many of them have the same task in mind, managing your exposure levels and contrast. If you want to receive feedback, the prescript on these work is that you should be providing it as well, and responding to comments too. You can very easily change the shape of your photo afterward, but if it's full of distracting background elements or it's not clear what you're taking a photo of then it's never going to look great. Guest posts wanted Both shots in this section were taken at the 2014 Edmonton Folk Music Festival using my smartphone camera. Many people might not want to take their 1. Digital Camera World is part of Future US Inc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. The idea is that you stabilise your camera and capture a long exposure of a busy street. Your smartphone photography needs a workflow. Guest article Travelling is great for a ton of reasons (you can read some of them over here). In this post, we lay out six tips to enable you to harness the power within your smartphone and elevate your photos. This means that phone photography is, more often than not, dull – leaving users frustrated and confused. Though smartphones may never rival a dedicated DSLR or mirrorless camera such as those used by serious photographers, they can still capture some impressive images (our best camera phones list has those that take the best snaps). Use that! The resulting blurry shots may look a bit like impressionist paintings. A visual percept gives you more room to play with the image.


Keeping Your Images Safe contributing writer

7kg DSLR and lens with them all the time. Guest post by Pocket-lint is supported by its readers. You might find that adding people to an image that has no focal point can add depth. Here you’ll find a ranking for the best smartphone cameras of 2015, as chosen by the tech website, Tom’s Guide. This is great for landscapes doused in light during the golden hour. Guest posters wanted They allow you to click the shutter from anyplace. If you’re wanting to share a lot of writing alongside your photos, you may treasure the Tumblr format, as it isn’t so rigidly focused on promoting images over words. Samsung’s Dynamic AMOLED 2X tech delivers a 120Hz refresh rate, HDR10+ support, 1500-nit peak brightness, and a 1440 x 3200 physical phenomenon (515 PPI pixel density). For example, some phones allow you to specify what you want to back up, and whether you only want to run backups when you’re connected to Wi-Fi (this’ll save you from eating up a ton of your phone data). By image stacking, you help to bring out the details from the highlights and shadowy areas. But did you know that Adobe Photoshop also has a mobile app version? It offers quite many tools to help you edit your photos. 8) | Front camera: 8MP | OIS: Yes | Weight: 147g | Dimensions: 151. Read this article for the multitude of uses this gadget has. The phone’s styling is bold, but it’s somewhat lost in the black variant. The general public will be none the wiser. Sponsored post: Very few phones this cheap have a zoom and an ultra-wide camera. We humans are inquisitive creatures. For some Android phones, such as the Google Pixel 3, this means double-tapping the power button, whereas iPhones might be a quick swipe-up from the corner of the screen or hard press of the camera icon. Operating systems & device compatibility. It might sound obvious, but when was the last time you turned your phone over and gave the lens a good clean? A simple wipe with your top will do at a pinch when you’re out and about, but it’s good to use lens cleansing fluid or glasses wipes every so often to lift residual dirt and debris. These are also called tiny planets and are the act of turning an image or panorama into a little world. But in our experience, looking for photo-worthy moments in everyday life makes us better photographers in the long run because it forces us to practice seeing. The megapixel count is low, and they lack the manual controls that let you achieve shallow depth of field and super-crisp shots of subjects in motion. Guest article But the sun can also present a lot of opportunities and using a low sun to create silhouettes and long shadows is a great way to get something slightly different. Travelling is great for a ton of reasons (you can read some of them over here). Vertical video only works if the person viewing that video is viewing on a phone, like in Instagram Stories. The culture of Instagram is fairly relaxed, though some folks do play by certain rules: Tag photos you haven’t that day with the hashtag #latergram or share those photos on a Thursday (deemed “Throwback Thursday” – hashtag #tbt).  That’s a huge draw!Another bonus of Flickr: The site has been around for over a decade now, so there’s a reasonable chance that it (and your with kid gloves cultivated gallery) won’t just disappear on you all-night. For this, you will need to look at a lens or two. You’ll kick yourself if you scratch your pricey phone because you were unwilling to shell out a few extra bucks for the protective gear!. The main camera is stabilised and, like the Pixel 3, uses the OIS motor when homicide 2x digital zoom images to capture far better photos than most other phones without a consecrated “telephoto” camera. In the image above, it's not only homicide into the sun, but it's also using portrait mode to create some unusual results. And because of the advances in smartphone design, that camera does a pretty decent job! Awesome shots are now within your reach, every where you go. Guest post policy Like empty space, frames can help put the focus on your subject. It can replace remote controls for most TVs and set-top boxes. Your phone is almost always with you, and it is a perfect choice for taking pictures of tiny subjects. Submit a guest post Read this article for the multitude of uses this gadget has. This filter is normally called Portrait mode. While in the past, there was an issue with heat organisation on Exynos powered devices, the 2100 improves things to the point of near parity. Become guest writer The Redmi Note 9 is a 2020 phone that offers a few extras we can’t take for granted. Want to take your photography to new heights?. But some camera phones support shooting at faster frame rates (for slow motion video). Guest blogger guidelines For example, look for patterns in everyday objects.  There are a lot of editing apps offering a huge range of functions, and the mix is always changing, so take a look at the photo editing apps in your phone’s app store to see what’s popular. 2) | 2MP (depth assist) | Front camera: 16MP | OIS: No | Weight: 197g | Dimensions: 156 x 75. It adds depth and helps to turn a dull image into something with a little more curiosity. Want to write an article Your images will have more of an impact being shared sooner than later. Submitting a guest post To make sure you make the most of all phone process can be, it's crucial you utilise the settings on your phone aright. And like other phones from Oppo and Huawei, cheap extra sensors make up the numbers; 2MP cameras offer remedial macro images and a depth assist for play down blur shots. Do you have a camera phone but know nothing about its camera? Perhaps it was given to you as a gift and you’d like to know if it can take good photos or not. Artifact Uprising Instagram Photo Book. The likes of Apple, Samsung, Huawei and Google will all boost your images for you. Guest post opportunities This resulted in our hand locomotion into the frame more often than not. They can make subjects and areas in your photograph complementary or independent of each other. Nevertheless, the iPhone 7 has a camera from the age where we had already locked onto high-quality 12-megapixel sensors. Read this article on how to create them so you can give it a try today. It also features receiving set charging and reverse telecommunication charging, which is a great flagship feature in such an affordable handset. But we won’t leave you totally in the dark here. Read the entire guide here and start improving. You can also press the back button on  your browser to jump back to this navigation. Contributor guidelines These could be the details of everyday items. This post was written by The resultant group is your composition. High feature count and 48MP, at a low cost. Writers wanted We like to keep it a small group so we can engage together. This site will give you an in-depth review of the camera on almost every major smartphone out there. This post was written by Hashtagging is a great way to get your eyes in front of a particular audience. Abstract photography is a great field to use your smartphone for. • The best camera phones you can buy today • The best burner phones • Which is the best iPhone for photography? • 10 iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max camera tips and tricks • The best TikTok lights • Best camera for TikTok.   The sky makes for great negative space, but look for non-distracting space elsewhere too – in architecture or even nature! Just make sure there aren’t any major elements (like bursts of color or major lines) that draw your eye away. You give your friends the chance to enjoy your adventures and give you travel tips of their own.  I’ve shared over 450 photos on Instagram and looked at thousands of images shared by other people. You can even buy some pretty good detachable lenses and filters, which complement the phone optics. The Redmi Note 9 is a 2020 phone that offers a few extras we can’t take for granted. Read here for more ideas on accessories to benefit you and your smartphone photography. Submit content The iPhone 7 is the oldest, most low-cost iPhone that you can find widely on sale (although no longer from Apple direct). Submit an article All it takes is a little bit of practice!. When you buy up through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. As a result, your work can quickly become buried and go unseen by people who would otherwise be curious in it – a major downside. For example, some phones allow you to specify what you want to back up, and whether you only want to run backups when you’re connected to Wi-Fi (this’ll save you from eating up a ton of your phone data). This older model is available for a great price now. Do you have a camera phone but know nothing about its camera? Perhaps it was given to you as a gift and you’d like to know if it can take good photos or not. They are fun to make and easy to create. I might have also drawn too much attention to myself and inadvertently spoiled the moment!. As you find yourself turning more and more to your phone, you will enjoy a few tips. I wanted to ensure the image quality in the book was as high as possible, so instead of filling the book with images imported directly from Instagram, I used full-sized files that I had edited in Lightroom. Publish your guest post You give your friends the chance to enjoy your adventures and give you travel tips of their own. Even with the pickup truck limitations of a smartphone camera, there’s still a huge amount of choice when it comes to deciding what to photograph. Above: The same image with two different crops. If we dropped a subject in there – like a person – all of those atmospheric condition would likely flurry. Guest post guidelines If you want to unleash the phone’s full megapixel clout, though, you can crank up resolution to create 12,032 x 9,024, 108. Articles wanted Google drive is available through their relevant application. They can draw your eye to a subject, or take it away, out of the frame. When the first 108MP mobile camera was announced not too long ago, there were less than a handful of devices with such high-megapixel cameras. One of the biggest drawbacks of Instagram is that, for a photo sharing app, it doesn’t always make your photos look very good. Start simple until you get a real feel for it. Smartphones have wide-angle lenses that inherently produce a long depth of field – meaning the images are mostly going to be pin-sharp from foreground to background. Contributor guidelines Despite using the standard 27MP mode most of the time, we can’t overstate just how knock-down the phone’s 108MP mode is when the light is right. In the second, my reflection forms part of the subject (along with my rubber boots), while the reflection of the trees serves as a frame. You will receive a verification email shortly. The Mi Note 10 is a very different beast to the Mi 9T Pro. White balance is perceptibly cooler than that of the iPhone 11 Pro and Pixel 4, and in certain scenes, images lacked some warmth as a result in Auto mode. The phone also captures video at up to 8K resolve (only using the main camera), or 4K/FHD resolution (using all four cameras). Contributor guidelines What’s even more awesome is a tripod with a remote shutter because it allows you to not only support the camera, but also take good, full-body pictures of yourself from up …. When it comes to our smartphone photography, our general philosophy is to see the camera’s limitations as its advantages. Shooting at a concert in dark conditions? The flash isn't going to reach the stage anyway, so turn it off. ​While we wait for Google to invent an physical property cloak, we have to find other ways to blend in. Submit a guest post  There are a lot of editing apps offering a huge range of functions, and the mix is always changing, so take a look at the photo editing apps in your phone’s app store to see what’s popular. ONLY reserved seats will gain access to the room!. Above: There are tons of elements at play in the shot above, and no real negative space. And in cases where you don’t want to be lugging a heavy (and more valuable) camera around – say at a rowdy music festival – your phone camera may be perfect for the job. But all smartphones are using a lot of software or dyed intelligence to clean up images and give you more pleasing results. Submit guest article Your eyes will follow them to the top. iPhones are made alone by Apple, and run the iOS operative system. The cyberspace is full of reviews by people who know their microchips from their megabites.


The Ultimate Guide to Smartphone Photography (96 Best Tips) guest column

Do they enhance your message, or ambivalence with it? Do they direct attention to your subject, or distract from it? If the colors aren’t working, and you don’t intend to convert to black and white, consider recomposing!. Frames have the bonus feature of adding cool visual interest to your shot. The likes of Apple, Samsung, Huawei and Google will all boost your images for you. While many phones now offer optical image stabilisation and AI correction for hand-shake, being stable is often the best thing you can do. There’s even a dedicated hashtag – #widn or “What I’m Doing Now” – that some Instagrammers use to show their followers what they’re up to at that very moment (typically at the request of another user who’s asked them to share!). Here are a few (usually) non-essentials that you might want to consider, beyond the run-of-the-mill case and screen shielder. Don’t think that every phone needs to be a winner on all of these fronts – we simply want to open your eyes to some of the features that are out there and under consideration to photographers. 4µm, pixels, isn’t quite as large. In fact, you can even take a passport photo of your baby using your smartphone, provided it has a good camera. What makes this different to a time-lapse is that you move as you capture the images. Everyone will ask you how you did it. While the giant 5,260mAh battery is enormous, battery performance was only ever good; never impressive. For example, some let you adjust your settings manually, shoot in Haigh Dynamic Range, and even shoot in. Geotagging is also very handy when it comes to your pictorial representation. For the other 11 apps, read here. Above: There are tons of elements at play in the shot above, and no real negative space. All it takes is a little bit of practice!. This one’s Android only, but there are plenty of similar apps out there for other operational systems!. This style is available on Instagram, so other apps aren’t needed. There’s no doubt that smartphone cameras have come a long way over the years. In the second, my reflection forms part of the subject (along with my rubber boots), while the reflection of the trees serves as a frame. They allow you to click the shutter from anyplace. More data equals more editing flexibility. Thank you for signing up to Digital Camera World. One big area that you can use your cellphone for is macro photography. Don't use the Instagram camera. Want to write for Give the lens a good clean every few weeks to eliminate flare, improve contrast, and take sharper shots. When you assail your subject with empty space – or unfavourable space, as photographers call it – it simplifies your frame. Macro, wide-angle and telephoto lenses are gettable. Guest post: Thank you for signing up to Digital Camera World. Delivering great education, affordably & accessibly to everyone. A Raw file is a compressed lossless image file format that saves much more image data than a typical lossy JPEG. Its camera layout looks highly impressive, too, with four lenses on the back. That’s really the heart of street photography!. Guest post: Most, if not all, sharing services these days give you the option of presenting writing alongside your images. Guest author Who wants to carry around all that junk when you have an excellent camera in your pocket?. However, the G8 Power does not have the dedicated night mode of the Motorola Moto G8 Plus. Above: The diagonal lines of the staircase are a magnet for your eye! Place your subject at the end of those lines, and your viewer is sure to see them!. They are thin bricks of glass, metal, and plastic. We in person gravitate towards candid shots and save the more constructive stuff for our DSLRs, but there are tons of great photographers creating impressive portraits of people and animals with their smartphones. Guest author Nowadays, apps offer tons of ways to cook up your seminal smartphone image. Want to write for Need more info? See how it all works here. This means that not only are you able to follow along with other folks’ images and tell them what you think – but they can do the same for you!. Submit guest post But there are other useful accessories that can improve your iPhone photography. Android phones tend to lag behind a bit, though the latest round of Android phones – especially phones developed by Google – are edging in. 2, 26mm lens, selfie specs read predictably. But a normal-sized one would be too bulky for your small device. If you are on a personal connection, like at home, you can run an anti-virus scan on your device to make sure it is not infected with malware. So pay close attention to the colors in your scene. Read more: • Best camera phone in 2021 • Best budget camera phones • Best iPhone for photography • Best burner phone • Best 5G phone • Best phablets • Best flip phones • Best phablets. Browse through our fill out guide, then read it in depth. Instagram is a social media application for image sharing, but it has other uses. This is as true to smartphones as it is to any camera. No Crop lets you not only maintain the shape of your shot, but also allows you to perform basic edits, apply filters, create collages, apply text – a lot of the extras you won’t find in a straight editing app. ​While we wait for Google to invent an physical property cloak, we have to find other ways to blend in. The trend is towards posting smartphone photos, but expect to see a good number of videos, shots taken with other types of cameras, and non-photographic material (like paintings or digital creations) too. But when we come across a scene we want to share immediately, we shoot it with our phone too. There are no buttons or ports on the left or top-side, with the power and volume buttons on the left, and the USB-C port and SIM tray at the bottom. Contributing writer Anytime you do thing on your phone that requires internet access – like share or transfer a photo, check your email, or run a backup to a cloud server – you use something called data. Reflections and shadows are great weather condition to play with in your photos!. But this is not the only iPhone photography hack we reveal. Frustratingly, Pro mode only works on the wide and ultrawide cameras, so you won’t get control over your telephoto snappers. Release date: April 2020 | Rear cameras: 12-megapixel, 28mm f/1. Instantly improve your phone photography with our smartphone photography tips. Available with 128GB storage (12GB RAM), 256GB storage (12GB RAM) and 512GB storage (16GB RAM), storage options are plentiful, though there’s no microSD card support here. Click the links above to learn more!. A free membership gets you a terabyte of storage space (and you can influence more if you so please!). Photographers often use the rule of thirds to get the subject into an ideal position. Read our article to help to decide which app to get and for tips on how to use them. Getting started with Instagram is easy: Simply download the app and create an account. The other ten tips to get a feel for Instagram are here in this article. It’s your job to think about how your photo can affect the person you’re photographing, particularly if you intend to share it. The best ways to improve your photos is to build composition skills. So while we'd say that 90 per cent of the time you're better off without it - remember it's still there. This process is a great way to show off landscapes, portraits, and low-light scenes. If you’re not sure you want to commit, you can transfer a free 30-day trial here. Do you care about having burst mode, icon control, panorama capabilities, etc. If you are at an office or shared network, you can ask the network administrator to run a scan across the network looking for misconfigured or infectious devices. It doesn’t compete with the Note 12 Ultra, missing out on the Bluetooth Pen support and the virtually non-existent latency. Blog for us Many smartphones offer touch focusing. Many phones let you vary the strength of this effect and often turning it down a little will create a better overall result. But say you don’t want to crop your shot.  We hope you’ve found this guide helpful, and that you feel equipped with everything you need to know to take, edit, share, save and print awesome shots right from your phone. Also worth noting, it’s the first non-Note smartphone to get S Pen integration, so supports 4,096 levels of pressure sensitivity. Guest posters wanted It’s additional ultra-wide and telephoto cameras also fall behind flagships in automatic mode across the board.  There’s a fine line between giving eager readers a heads up and spamming people, so keep a close eye on how people respond to your images. Copyright © 2021 Shaw Academy Ltd. Become an author I took fewer than 20 photos with it over the four years I owned it!. Don’t feel like you have to do all (or any!) of these. Both shots in this section were taken at the 2014 Edmonton Folk Music Festival using my smartphone camera. At launch the TCL 10L suffered from sporadic presentation jitters, but its Snapdragon 665 and 6GB RAM are very good specs at the price. Sharing one image will always be more powerful. A long street, handrail, or zebra crossing are all examples of what you can use. The iPhone SE (2020) is a brilliant proposition: a $399 / £415 / AU$749 iPhone that takes the form factor and camera of the iPhone 8, and pairs it with the processor and software magic of the iPhone 11 Pro. If you’re a nonrecreational photographer or an avid hobbyist, chances are that you’ve taken some shots of your family and friends with your best camera. All in all, there are seven contrary types of cameras you can find …. Guest post guidelines  And hey, if you’re overwhelmed or aren’t into editing on your phone, no worries! Share your shot as-is and let the world know that you’ve gone for #nofilter. Read our article and find out what is the best macro lens for iPhone photography. England and Wales company registration number 2008885. The TCL 10L’s second rear camera is useful, an 8-megapixel ultra-wide, if not a barnstormer for image quality. The rule of thirds is an integral compositional tool that can help to create interest in your images. It can help you improve your fundamental skills, get you inspired, help you build friendships and work relationships, and create for you a visual record of the moments in your life, big and small. But the bottom line, and the most important thing to remember, is that there will be a budget phone out there for you. For some Android phones, such as the Google Pixel 3, this means double-tapping the power button, whereas iPhones might be a quick swipe-up from the corner of the screen or hard press of the camera icon. Shooting on a wide aperture, a longer focal length lens (such as an 85mm f/1. This is where you should aim to place the most decisive area of the image. Like Blurb, they offer an Instagram-specific photo book option that allows you to live your book with images taken directly from your feed.  The filters come from the following series (some series may no longer be available):HB2 = Hypebeast X VSCOM5 = Subtle FadeB5 = Black & White MoodyT1 = Faded & MoodyA4 = Aesthetic Series. The Samsung Galaxy A52 5G was proclaimed in March 2021, and it sits pretty much perfectly in the middle of the smartphone offering: neither dirt-cheap nor prohibitively expensive. This is as true to smartphones as it is to any camera. Guest-post With a 12 MP ultrawide, the Galaxy S21 Ultra’s all-seeing eye drops the resolution, and with it, the aperture too, to a (still respectable) f/2. So while we'd say that 90 per cent of the time you're better off without it - remember it's still there. Next up is the 117° camera, with a resolution of 20MP for high-resolution ultra-wide landscapes. HDR or High Dynamic Range is a way of creating a stunning image from a subject with difficult kindling. If you think your image is to the point to them, you may want to apply their hashtag to it to increase the chance that they see it. We’ll provide you with all you need to know. Whether you have the most expensive flagship iPhone or the cheapest entry-level Android, we've rounded up some top tips to ensure that you're getting the most out of your phone's camera. Guest posts wanted That said, as a value add, it’s an epic one for artists and note-takers alike.


Getting Started guest post opportunities

Different phones have different specialities, so if you have specific needs in mind (say, you want to take photos at night) it's worth shopping around to see what's most suitable. Apart from making calls, it is your way to the World Wide Web on the move. As of December 2014, over 300 million users were signed up for the service, including everyday folks, artists, athletes, famous photographers from tons of disciplines (fashion, nature, documentary), talent scouts, brands and more. But for now, here's the best of the budget range…. Next up is the 117° camera, with a resolution of 20MP for high-resolution ultra-wide landscapes. Whatever smartphone you have, make sure you know how to get your camera up quickly, so you can capture the moment. If you're a keen smartphone photographer, but you don't want to splash your cash on a handset with all the bells and whistles, then the Samsung Galaxy S10e might just be the perfect compromise for you. The only thing it's really missing is a telephoto lens, but these tend to be used less than wide angle lenses anyway. When you buy up through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. Geotagging is also very handy when it comes to your pictorial representation. First things first: Get to know your camera. It's not the best iPhone for photography you can buy, obviously, since there have been many new models since. The curved glass front and back mask just how thick it is, and while it’s heavy at over 200g, it feels manageable. Read our article and find out what is the best macro lens for iPhone photography. It's IP67 water and dust resistant, and features image stabilization for rock-solid 4K 60fps video.  On the left, the image has been cropped to the 1×1 aspect ratio that Instagram mechanically applies. It helps you blur the background signal and create fantastic portraits of your subjects. If your goal in sharing your work is to build a strong audience, think about how you can use words to get them to connect more with your images (and possibly with you as an individual and an artist). The rule of thirds is an integral compositional tool that can help to create interest in your images. And like other phones from Oppo and Huawei, cheap extra sensors make up the numbers; 2MP cameras offer remedial macro images and a depth assist for play down blur shots. You will receive a verification email shortly. Above: To be fair to my phone, I was taking this shot while I was on a moving bicycle, and my subject was moving too. If you’re wanting to share a lot of writing alongside your photos, you may treasure the Tumblr format, as it isn’t so rigidly focused on promoting images over words. This is the style of getting very close to an image and creating a larger than 1:1 ratio of a subject. That said, Samsung hasn’t totally snubbed its spec-hungry fans. Want to write an article This article shows you more in-depth information. If you’re used to shooting with a DSLR or other precocious camera, you’ll quickly learn that your phone can’t capture the same dynamic range – the range of tones between the lightest and darkest point in your scene. They can draw your eye to a subject, or take it away, out of the frame. If I wanted to use my camera, which I’d been doing regularly for three years at that point, I used a DSLR. You can download a free 30-day trial of either program here.   Knowing how your camera’s other modes work will help you have more control over the final look of your shots. We haven’t tried them ourselves, but reviews abound!. If you do it well, nobody will even think of asking you what device you used for taking the photos. 7 | Front camera: 8MP | OIS: Yes | Weight: 143 g | Dimensions: 144 x 69 x 8. My eyes knew that the snow was white, but my smartphone camera registered it as super-blue – no editing applied!. Your smartphone photography needs a workflow. The viewer will focus on this as it is more aesthetic. This is a guest post by The Redmi Note 9 also uses a MediaTek G85 hardware rather than the more popular Snapdragon 665. And one of the big ones for us is that it helps us build relationships – not just with folks we meet along the way, but also with family, friends and friends-to-be disconnected across the world. Submit guest article One of our favourite things about taking shots with our phone is getting those images off of our phone and into our hands. Guest author Above: In the first image, the diagonal lines of the trees and picnic table give the shot a more dynamic feel. Guest-post Subscribe to our newsletter and learn how to take awesome photos, and get tons of free stuff to make it faster, and easier! Join today and get instant access!.  If you don’t like the effect a light source is having on your image, change it up – turn off an overhead light and shoot only with window light, come back to your shot at sunset instead of midday, or lay yourself (or your subject) until the light falls where you want it to. As for the 40MP front camera, in a turn for the books, Samsung actually applies less demulcent and processing to selfies, so they pick up more grain in auto mode than photos from the main camera.  It’s a fun way to connect with other people who are into similar things as you, and to get more eyes on your work!. This comes from something called geotagging. Get 8 classes for free and access them for Life. ONLY reserved seats will gain access to the room!. This way, you can prepare to capture the right moment. Because of this, the iPhone doesn’t always do a good job of separating the subject from the background. Everyone needs to have a cellphone case.  To evaluate the quality of your camera app, first make sure it has all its features enabled (in some cases the default setting may be for the extra features to be turned off). If you’re taking photos on a smartphone, chances are you’ll want to share them at some point too. Read our detailed iPhone vs Android comparison here to figure out which one suits you better. Submitting a guest post It doesn't work on TV, given the obvious issue that your TV itself is not vertical, it's flat. Many phones let you vary the strength of this effect and often turning it down a little will create a better overall result. Want to write for Photography was exciting again. We’ve recorded some great sights that would have other gone unrecorded, if not for our trusty smartphones!. If outside, shoot towards open shade by placing your subject at the very edge of the shaded area. Submit blog post ​When you buy up a smartphone, it will most likely come pre-programmed with a default camera app. Google drive is available through their relevant application. There are some camera apps out there now that allow you to gain even more control over the look of your images. Guest-blogger You can use it to write things down and can store your location. This is a guest post by Above: Even though the texture is pretty similar across the frame, your eyes can’t help but jump to the bright pop of red. Submit guest article  If you want to share your images with strangers, but keep your personal page private, examine making a separate page dedicated to your photography. You need to make sure you don’t lose it – and all your photos – for good. Guest-post Please refresh the page and try again. I’m Lauren’s younger sister, and a odd-job ninja here at Photography Concentrate. So whether you're going for an older phone or a more recent one with slightly older tech, you're still going to get a highly capable shooting machine. It will always be better to have a camera rather than none. From friends and family, to travel landscapes. ONLY reserved seats will gain access to the room!. Many people who use this service focus on the number of multitude.  I’ve captured big moments – adventures, birthdays, holidays – moments that, as usual, were also recorded on my DSLR. There are some peculiarly designed for smartphone photography. One big area that you can use your cellphone for is macro photography. The day it arrived, Lauren challenged me to share a photo once a day for a year. If you’re a nonrecreational photographer or an avid hobbyist, chances are that you’ve taken some shots of your family and friends with your best camera. Now, they offer Instagram-specific photo books that allow you to make a book that draws images forthwith from your Instagram feed. If you want to get more creative with your shots – for example by combining multiple images into one, removing or adding major features, or adding text – check out Adobe Photoshop CC (or the pared down version, Adobe Photoshop Elements). The headline grabber, however, is the 10 MP, f/4.  We hope you’ve found this guide helpful, and that you feel equipped with everything you need to know to take, edit, share, save and print awesome shots right from your phone. It’s always been good, and while its photos aren’t as nuanced as some of the best out there, matched with a 10x zoom, a decent ultrawide, and plenty of shooting modes, the camera system, on the whole, makes it one of the best camera phones of 2021. Blog for us One of the first points is to only post your best images. DIY photos of newborns won’t look the same as the ones done in a professional studio. And if you’re hosting an event of your own and expect your attendees to be social media types, hook them up with a unique hashtag they can use when they share photos of the festivities!. Become guest writer It's not about call clarity, it's about photo quality. By employing pixel binning it shoots at 27MP by default, change of integrity every four pixels into one. They can now take better zoom photos, but many now offer wide-angle too. You will receive a verification email shortly. Submit guest article Post processing won’t fix a blurry image from a slow shutter ​. You may think you’re backing up to a cloud server, but it may turn out that you accidentally people that function ages ago. While we ribbed Xiaomi for copying the Huawei P30 Pro design, the phone is still a beauty. Portrait Mode is an amazing feature of the newer version of the iPhone. You need to think more about the light, the colors, the lines, the placement of your subject. The rear flash can be most effective when you're shot in visible radiation and the subject is in shadow - it can give some great portrait results. Its zoom and ultra-wide use unremarkable 8-megapixel sensors, but that sense of having a better set of tools to work with still enhances the get here. So before you post your shot, think about whether there’s anything you want to tell people about the image – like who it’s of or why the scene captured your attention. Become an author FREE for next 4 weeks₹600 / MONTH. A popular type of photography that many mobile photographers enjoy is macro process. Contribute to our site It allows you to edit on the move, and then share immediately. If you’re looking to share or print your images at larger sizes, as a very general rule more megapixels on a phone is better. Sponsored post: No matter where you are, and what your focus, try and aim for a single idea or concept.  But unless you’re one of those admirable, dedicated folks who always has that camera on them all the time, at the ready, you’re likely not taking as many photos of people as you like. Artifact Uprising Instagram Photo Book. The front is all-screen, with a 90 percent screen to body ratio and a cutout selfie camera. While we ribbed Xiaomi for copying the Huawei P30 Pro design, the phone is still a beauty. To be able to share your images, they need to be the best you can create.


One more step guest contributor guidelines

For example, some let you adjust your settings manually, shoot in Haigh Dynamic Range, and even shoot in. This is the style of getting very close to an image and creating a larger than 1:1 ratio of a subject. © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. To make sure you make the most of all phone process can be, it's crucial you utilise the settings on your phone aright. Our tips and tricks will help get you started on this social media political program. Accepting guest posts But lens flare can lead to creative artsy pictures. On the right, the No Crop app has been used to apply white borders above and below the original 4×3 image, so that the final image+borders fits Instagram’s 1×1 requirement. Creative Bloq is supported by its assemblage. Gone are the days of single-camera smartphones. There’s no smartphone hardware out there (yet) that can cope with such a wide dynamic range, so you must tell the device where to meter the light from in order to get a clear shot. Follow our tips here on how to create the best possible images. You will receive a verification email shortly. Your smartphone photography needs a workflow. You’ll want to keep an eye on how much data you use, to make sure all your image sharing isn’t costing you a fortune! Make sure you find out too whether sending photos by text message costs extra. If you’re coming from a Samsung phone and like the Samsung look, then you can’t go wrong here. Apps are what turns your cellphone into a smartphone. It also brings back sky-high 108MP settlement of 2020 Samsung top-enders like the Galaxy S20 Ultra and Note 20 Ultra, and matches it with a 10x optical zoom. But you can also edit your images in Lightroom. . In the second, my reflection forms part of the subject (along with my rubber boots), while the reflection of the trees serves as a frame. Contribute to this site So, if you’re up for it, share the smartphone photos you capture of your friends, family and pets – and of yourself too!. One of the big draws of smartphone photography is that it allows you to create and share your work – with folks from all of the world, if you want – in just a matter of seconds!You see, when you have a phone that connects to the internet, you can upload your shots to all kinds of places – picturing communities, social networking sites, messaging services, emails, and on and on.  I’ve shared over 450 photos on Instagram and looked at thousands of images shared by other people. This one’s Android only, but there are plenty of similar apps out there for other operational systems!. Want to write an article Investing in a selfie stick or a tripod is always helpful. I’ve spent hours editing and captioning (and re-editing and re-captioning) photos. For some Android phones, such as the Google Pixel 3, this means double-tapping the power button, whereas iPhones might be a quick swipe-up from the corner of the screen or hard press of the camera icon. It has a better grip than the phone, and even comes with a wrist strap. Above: A shot of the golden fall leaves, before and after editing with the VSCO Cam app. This older model is available for a great price now. This resulted in our hand locomotion into the frame more often than not. Guest blogger The Moto G8 Power’s cameras are versatile, too, in a budget context at least. But Samsung has switched up its strategy for its new Galaxy S21 series of flagship phones. A 60-page, 7×7-inch book starts at US$20. Many of them have the same task in mind, managing your exposure levels and contrast. Guest poster wanted Yellow borders have been added to show the edges of the image. But with a few tips, you can improve your action shot photography. Sponsored post Smartphones have wide-angle lenses that inherently produce a long depth of field – meaning the images are mostly going to be pin-sharp from foreground to background. Want to take your photography to new heights?. Keep in mind though: Hashtagging isn’t widly used or very effective on Facebook, so chances are your page won’t be seen by as many people as an Instagram or Flickr page would, despite Facebook’s larger user base. This is as true to smartphones as it is to any camera. The Galaxy S21 Ultra is a beast. ​There are plenty of reasons to take photos on your next vacation or adventure: You’ll be doing cool things that you’ll want to remember, you’ll be visually inspired by a change of scenery, you’ll have more time for it. Imagine the photos that’ll be on your phone six months from now: Birthday parties and family holidays, a great labor or two, awesome shots of the scenery around your town, the little pleasures of everyday life. Digital Camera World is supported by its chance. Guest contributor guidelines These days, you can find a whole suite of lenses specifically designed for smartphone photography, including wide-angle and macro lenses. The main camera has a 48MP Samsung GM1 sensor, used in lots of phones including pricey ones such as the Samsung Galaxy A90 5G. Write for us ONLY reserved seats will gain access to the room!. The general rule of thumb here is to make sure your image meshes with the style of the social sharing site. Read the entire guide here and start improving. We use it to capture the world around us.  Start keeping your photos safe, now!. The second, however, does feature OIS and clocks in at 5MP, while also delivering a 5x zoom as well as a 10x hybrid zoom. For most of us, and when it comes to smartphone photography, that means our smartphone. Camera quality is one of the main reasons to buy a Pixel 3a. Both shots in this section were taken at the 2014 Edmonton Folk Music Festival using my smartphone camera. When it comes to detail, shooting at the downsampled 27MP leaves you with ample image information with which to crop in a fair bit - so you don’t always need to bump up to 108MP if you know you’ll want to reframe your shot. Artifact Uprising Instagram Photo Book. When you purchase through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. (Lauren and Rob have a DSLR and point-and-shoot equipped with near field communication, so they can easily share shots from those cameras via Instagram as well. I’m Lauren’s younger sister, and a odd-job ninja here at Photography Concentrate. Samsung unapologetically boosts image sharpness and ramps up the contrast and noise reduction in challenging scenes. Harsh sunlight should be limited as not to blow out the highlights. Above: Even though the texture is pretty similar across the frame, your eyes can’t help but jump to the bright pop of red. First, you wrap your image around so that the left and right side join for a continuous shot. Guest post All it takes is a little bit of practice!. They don’t use ultra-low-end tech, their software is tasteful and update support isn’t dropped from the day of release, as happens with some budget brands. Get creative with your frames, finding them in trees, beaux arts features – you can even make frames with your hands!. Guest post courtesy of  You can definitely get by just fine without this level of control, but feel free to experiment with these more high-tech camera apps if that sounds like your kind of thing!And note too that some editing and sharing apps (like Instagram) include a camera function as well. My camera also has a lens blur social occasion that allows me to mimic a shallow depth of field, but it’s a bit clunky so I don’t use it much. It helps you keep the camera steady and also frees your hands to do other things. In the second, my reflection forms part of the subject (along with my rubber boots), while the reflection of the trees serves as a frame. Become guest writer The Samsung Galaxy S10e features a Full HD+ screen with a 5. Become a guest blogger While the giant 5,260mAh battery is enormous, battery performance was only ever good; never impressive. This resulted in our hand locomotion into the frame more often than not. • Best camera phones all round • Best iPhone for photography • Best burner phone • Best 5G phone • Best phablets • Best flip phones. And with the help of some musing hashtagging, you can increase the chance that it gets in front of folks who will like what you’re doing. Online reviews with photo examples are a great help here!. Your eyes will follow them to the top. Using people in your photography can help to cut out one common mistake. The best and cheapest way is here, in this article. You want to capture the moment while it lasts. I got up for sunrises, I stayed up for northern lights. Everyone will ask you how you did it. Don't snatch at the button, hold things steady and take your time. Use them as a starting point to get your own ideas flowing. I’ve taken over 8,000 photos on my phone. We like to keep it a small group so we can engage together. Release date: March 2021 | Rear cameras: 64MP f/1. When it comes to our smartphone photography, our general philosophy is to see the camera’s limitations as its advantages. TCL made the last few generations of BlackBerrys, but now it produces phones with its own name stamped on the back. You can also select your interests for free access to our premium training:. Guest posters wanted So until the day arrives where I bring myself to tote around multiple devices, always at the ready, it’s me and my smartphone. Contributing writer Smartphones seek to expose dark, dimly-lit subjects against bright backgrounds (think shaded landscapes in midday sun). Articles wanted The main camera is stabilised and, like the Pixel 3, uses the OIS motor when homicide 2x digital zoom images to capture far better photos than most other phones without a consecrated “telephoto” camera. Pretty soon, you’ll find your (smartphone photo) voice!. Camera quality is one of the main reasons to buy a Pixel 3a. This might be good for a huge vista, but it's not so good for analytic your subjects against the background, and can produce uncomplimentary portraits of even the most photogenic of us. There’s also a 2MP macro camera that, unlike some of the competition, isn’t fixed-focus. More recently, the advent of "bokeh" or portrait modes on camera means it's easy to create a depth of field effect. But a case and screen protector should be bought ideally the same day you get your phone. These could be the details of everyday items. Want to write an article 99 (taxes, shipping and other fees not included). Follow our tips here on how to create the best possible images.


11 photography tips and tricks for better smartphone photos guest contributor guidelines

Become a contributor If you’re serious about smartphone photography, it may be worth it to pay the premium. Essentially all of the photos you’ll see in this guide were taken with and edited on my smartphone, a Nexus 5. There are a few things to think about here. As it stands, the Mi Note 10 won’t be useable in the US, however, it’s European, and UK release are pegged for a January 2020 launch at a price of at €549 ($609 / £472).  If you want to share your images with strangers, but keep your personal page private, examine making a separate page dedicated to your photography. Whole communities dedicated to sharing smartphone portraits have sprung up on social-sharing sites. So whether you're going for an older phone or a more recent one with slightly older tech, you're still going to get a highly capable shooting machine. Simply taking a few steps to learn about your tech and keeping one eye on the lighting can avoid some of the common problems associated with smartphone photography. So, while you're considering all the great ways to make photos better, spare a thought for video too. So pay close attention to the colors in your scene. We know that the Xiaomi Mi Note 10 has a special camera, but what’s the rest of the phone like? For the price, it’s marvellous in certain areas and less so in others. It’s very much geared towards creating a fussy aesthetic (that washed out look that’s popular at the moment) and so only lets you, say, take the highlights down (no up option) and take the shadows up (no down option). It’s additional ultra-wide and telephoto cameras also fall behind flagships in automatic mode across the board. That said, it’s also narrower, with smaller bezels and a less squat, 20:9 aspect ratio display. These are also called tiny planets and are the act of turning an image or panorama into a little world. While it’s great to show your mass the finished product, people really enjoy getting a glimpse of the sub-rosa action too! Consider zooming out every now and then, to compose a photo that captures your process (or your mess!). Guest post Here’s the idea: If you share anything on social media about the event – a Twitter tweet, a Facebook post, an Instagram photo – you can tag it with the custom hashtag, so that other social media-using attendees can get your take on the event. When it comes to noise handling the Galaxy S21 Ultra obliterates any grain when lights drop. Submit your content No matter where you are, and what your focus, try and aim for a single idea or concept. The resultant group is your composition. With increasing presentment in low light conditions, turning off the flash can be the best thing you do. But beware busy and cluttered backgrounds, as the filter (try as it might) sometimes can’t keep up. Your iPhone can take fantastic photos, but it needs some extra help sometimes. There are lots of smartphone applications out there consecrate to image editing.  See, by sharing photos of your travels while you’re travelling, you keep your loved ones up to date. We're not saying there's no space for real cameras any more - far from it - but for the informal user, the smartphone has become the go-to camera. Photographers often use the rule of thirds to get the subject into an ideal position. If you’re serious about smartphone photography, it may be worth it to pay the premium. When it comes to noise handling the Galaxy S21 Ultra obliterates any grain when lights drop. Available with 128GB storage (12GB RAM), 256GB storage (12GB RAM) and 512GB storage (16GB RAM), storage options are plentiful, though there’s no microSD card support here. The most notable is the way backlit subjects can look slightly washed out, with dynamic range occasionally losing out to the likes of the Huawei Mate 40 Pro or iPhone 12 Pro Max. I accepted and signed up for Instagram that salutation. Become an author You can also change the tone of highlights and shadows, add grain or fade, and make a few other stylistic adjustments. At $1,199 / £1,149, the Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra needs to be excellent, and it is. Above: Against a stark blue background, the branches and leaves of the tree really grab your attention. Digital Camera World is supported by its masses. On the accessories front, this is helped by the fact that there are relatively few models of iPhone being used at any given time. But the level of engagement with your images is more important than the number of followers. If it won't focus, you might be too close, peculiarly if it's thing small. 7-inch 720p screen isn't as bright and doesn't refresh as fast as the flagship models, but that also means that its battery doesn't get gobbled up as fast either. The passing cars will illuminate the scene, adding this red and white path of light. It doesn’t happen often, but they may just get in touch with you to see if they can repost it or license it!. When you buy up through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. 11 West 42nd Street, 15th Floor, New York, NY 10036. Smartphones already have this tool enclosed inside the in-phone camera app. Single them out and enlarge to create an interesting, abstract image. As you find yourself turning more and more to your phone, you will enjoy a few tips. Easily the most common reason for poor focus and blurry images. The TCL 10L’s second rear camera is useful, an 8-megapixel ultra-wide, if not a barnstormer for image quality. The design, screen, and battery all come together well too; there’s also an under-display fingerprint scanner and a headphone jack too; in short - it’s a very good phone. Such a low resolution does your close-up shots no favors, but the macro camera does also have autofocus. Instagram also offers potential for growth: There are tons of stories of people developing huge followings on Instagram and having amazing opportunities come their way (and probably even more stories of people finding new clients, developing friendships, an>d so on). Guest-blogger The Moto G8 Power’s cameras are versatile, too, in a budget context at least. A quick Google search of your model plus the terms ‘case’ or ‘screen protector’ will help you track down good options. Nowadays, apps offer tons of ways to cook up your seminal smartphone image. Keeping it steady will give you much better photos. These come in at about 11-16MB in size and in reality look much better than we expected them to. Guest blogger guidelines Typically, smartphone users will purchase a certain amount of data from their phone provider, which specifies how much data they can use per billing cycle before they’re charged an overage fee. That said, for a black phone, it is unbelievably fingerprint repellent, and with availability in five colors: Phantom Black, Phantom Silver, Phantom Titanium, Phantom Navy and Phantom Brown - you have choices. On the apps front, things are levelling out a bit, though iPhone users still seem to have a bit of an edge (iPhone users enjoy higher quality uploads to Instagram, for example). In some cases, these terms outline that in sharing your work through the service, the service provider gains the right to use your work without seeking further empowerment (you implicitly provide authorisation when you sign up). While the design is probably a 7. The important things should be aligned along those lines, or at the cartesian product of those lines, for the greatest impact. That means you can get a lot more in your photo and create new compositions. Guest contributor guidelines It can be useful to manually override the semiautomatic influence settings by tapping on the dark subject to expose the shadows. More importantly, I’ve captured the small moments that tend to go unrecorded and so are easily forgotten, but that ultimately form the bulk of our lives: bike rides, dinner parties, afternoons at the country with my nephew. Submit content If you are new to smartphone photography and want to use Instagram, this article is for you. You will receive a verification email shortly. Submitting a guest post England and Wales company calibration number 2008885. In the second shot, it’s not as clear where you’re theoretical to look first. They can draw your eye to a subject, or take it away, out of the frame. Is there a way to check the quality of your phone’s camera even if you don’t have the box or manual? Sure, there is.  That doesn’t mean you have to reciprocate every single time you get feedback – by following someone who follows you, or liking someone’s work who likes yours. This will make it look as if you are Skyping a friend, or trying to get a signal. If you do it well, nobody will even think of asking you what device you used for taking the photos.  (Not quite there yet? Start taking photos with your phone regularly, and in no time, the world will be full of photographic potential!)But nowadays, most of us keep our phones with us all the time, which means most of us have a camera with us all the time too. A top choice for budget buyers. The Android side of the family lacks in this sector. This is a good way to manage and process your images if you are out on the road and far from your laptop. Sign up below to get the latest from Creative Bloq, plus exclusive special offers, direct to your inbox!. You can find more great apps for iPhone here or for Android here. Natural oils from your hands build up on the lens during use, so they attract dirt and debris. Online reviews with photo examples are a great help here!. We are a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program organized to provide a means for us to earn fees by linking to Amazon. However, since there are just so many selfie stick tripods out there, it can be hard to find the right one for you, or even …. Want to contribute to our website The Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra is the latest endorse of the Galaxy dynasty. Suggest a post Our tips and tricks will help get you started on this social media political program.  You can definitely get by just fine without this level of control, but feel free to experiment with these more high-tech camera apps if that sounds like your kind of thing!And note too that some editing and sharing apps (like Instagram) include a camera function as well. Want to write a post ​Nowadays, when you attend an event there’s a good chance that it will have its own hashtag. The colors in your images are an important area in smartphone photography. Engage Raw shooting mode when you’re aiming for better quality editing controls or if you want to print your photos from that once-in-a-lifetime holiday. Using people in your photography can help to cut out one common mistake. This will provide similarly distributed light as open shade, but with more directionality. Running Android 10 out of the box, the Samsung Galaxy S10e offers a heck of a lot of phone for not very much money. It attaches to the phone’s lens by using a clamp. Here’s the battery pack we use. You will receive a verification email shortly. Project it on a white wall or a screen, and enjoy the show. This is where your patience is necessary, as you may have to wait for the person to enter your shot. But so are adapters for DSLR lenses. Sponsored post by Keep in mind though: Hashtagging isn’t widly used or very effective on Facebook, so chances are your page won’t be seen by as many people as an Instagram or Flickr page would, despite Facebook’s larger user base. Another way to prevent getting this page in the future is to use Privacy Pass. First, you wrap your image around so that the left and right side join for a continuous shot. [Note: ExpertPhotography is supported by readers. 99 (taxes, shipping and other fees not included). This is the style of getting very close to an image and creating a larger than 1:1 ratio of a subject. Guest post policy The Mi Note 10 is a very different beast to the Mi 9T Pro. Here are a few (usually) non-essentials that you might want to consider, beyond the run-of-the-mill case and screen shielder. We’ll provide you with all you need to know. Different phones have different specialities, so if you have specific needs in mind (say, you want to take photos at night) it's worth shopping around to see what's most suitable.  Hashtag your posts effectively, and they can be seen by a huge number of users!. Hybrid zoom may sound strange, but it grabs message from the 108MP module to boost clarity, supplementing and enhancing detail that the optical zoom captures. Without apps, you can make calls, check your calendar and have basic use of your pocket wizard. Yellow borders have been added to show the edges of the image. If you need a little more guidance on what app to use, here’s a quick rundown of the major players in the editing app market (but make sure to take a look at your app store to see what’s available – you may find thing that suits you better!). You can use it to write things down and can store your location. But that’s ok! Darker darks can add more mystery to your photo, and blown highlights can look airy. You can also take 360-degree panorama photos with your phone.


The Ultimate Guide to Smartphone Photography (96 Best Tips) guest post opportunities

One of the big trends with photo-sharing employment – especially Instagram – is to use the service as a visual diary or journal. The Google Pixel 4a carries a single rear camera with a 12MP sensor, featuring dual-pixel phase detect optical device and optical image stabilization. Some phones will allow you to mechanically back up your photos to a cloud server!. Articles wanted By Andrew Williams, James Artaius, Louise Carey 25 May 2021. Submit a guest post For one, we don’t know everything there is to know about every smartphone out there! But even if we did, we couldn’t say what’s right for you, because we don’t know you as well as you do! You’ll need to think about what’s available to you, what you want out of a phone, how much you’re willing to pay and so on. Guest-blogger Your eyes will follow them to the top. They’ll also influence how similar the image on your phone looks to that same image when it’s posted online or printed out. Submit post Check out our easy tips and create stunning abstract photography with your smartphone. When you buy through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. Unless you’re one of those pleasing people who carries their favourite camera with them at all times, at the ready, chances are that you often watch great photographic opportunities pass by you. The Android side of the family lacks in this sector. These are great when moving isn’t an option. It’s very much geared towards creating a fussy aesthetic (that washed out look that’s popular at the moment) and so only lets you, say, take the highlights down (no up option) and take the shadows up (no down option). It can be shot at up to 30fps in 8K, 60fps in 4K, and with directional audio as well as a combination of OIS and EIS at play, is dependably good across the board. Whatever smartphone you have, make sure you know how to get your camera up quickly, so you can capture the moment. It's not the best iPhone for photography you can buy, obviously, since there have been many new models since. So you decide to take photos of the newborn yourself. There are definitely more pros and cons to sharing your work, but those are some of the biggest ones we weighed up when deciding whether or not to share our smartphone photos (and other photos) online. Read our article to help to decide which app to get and for tips on how to use them. Smartphone process has changed recently because of leaps forward in technology. These will help you capture stunning images. Taking passport photos of a baby at home is not as complex as you might think. Scroll through, and you’ll get an idea of what you can (and, in some cases, can’t) do with a camera phone. First, you wrap your image around so that the left and right side join for a continuous shot. The idea is that you stabilise your camera and capture a long exposure of a busy street. Guest blogger Get creative with your frames, finding them in trees, beaux arts features – you can even make frames with your hands!. Post processing won’t fix a blurry image from a slow shutter ​. As you photograph a subject, the finding is recorded. But so are adapters for DSLR lenses. Without apps, you can make calls, check your calendar and have basic use of your pocket wizard. Guest post policy Shooting modes: There’s plenty inside the camera UI to sink your teeth into beyond automatic modes. Above: A single photo with various  VSCO filters applied. Affordable Xiaomi phones are hard to beat for the bang-for-buck features they offer.  Finally, some tech gear is compatible only with certain phones. But when we come across a scene we want to share immediately, we shoot it with our phone too. Don’t feel like you have to do all (or any!) of these. Sponsored post Read here for the best lenses your money can buy in 2020. If you’re shooting with an iPhone X, swipe down the Control Centre, then press and hold the camera icon to display multiple camera options such as Take Selfie or Record Video. Taking action shots with your smartphone can be challenging and stressful. Easily the most common reason for poor focus and blurry images. The only thing it's really missing is a telephoto lens, but these tend to be used less than wide angle lenses anyway. The reverse is true for shooting subjects brighter than their geographical area. At a zoo shot through glass? You're not only taking a bad photo, but you're scaring the animals. As a plus, if you run regular backups of your images to your computer and hard drives, you’ll be able to delete old shots from your phone and free up valuable space for new images!. Shoot too close to the sun - i. Sponsored post: There are some camera apps out there now that allow you to gain even more control over the look of your images. Guest post guidelines It’s very much geared towards creating a fussy aesthetic (that washed out look that’s popular at the moment) and so only lets you, say, take the highlights down (no up option) and take the shadows up (no down option). The trick is being able to use it when the conditions are not great. Guest posting The best budget camera phones still deliver good pictures and video capability. But with a camera around your neck, it can be hard to blend in, especially nowadays when there are more photographers out there. Smartphones already have this tool enclosed inside the in-phone camera app. But beware busy and cluttered backgrounds, as the filter (try as it might) sometimes can’t keep up. To keep the quality of the print high, we keep the size of the print small – with our 8 megapixel smartphone camera, prints of 4×6 or smaller looked the best. Use our guide to learn and master your smartphone photography. While we ribbed Xiaomi for copying the Huawei P30 Pro design, the phone is still a beauty. While in the past, there was an issue with heat organisation on Exynos powered devices, the 2100 improves things to the point of near parity. Blurb is one of the biggest names in self-publishing and album publication. If, like roughly half of Instagram users, you’re using an Android device, your photos will be seriously shut and the quality gravely degraded (iOS users don’t seem to have the same problem). Your smartphone photography needs a workflow. On the subject of telephoto cameras, there are two; the first is a 12MP 2x zoom module, with a 50mm focal length and no OIS. Around the back of the phone is a marked camera surround that extends out of the polished metal frame, as well as a matte Gorilla Glass rear panel. But with a few tips, you can improve your action shot photography. Read on for some advice that you can use every time you pull the phone from your pocket, wherever you are, to make the most of that sophisticated computer-powered camera you almost always carry with you. And though there will be exceptions, most folks evince positivity and assist. Imagine the view finder or LCD screen as having two lines that split up the image vertically, and two horizontally. Guest posters wanted In some cases, this app will be exactly what you need! And in some cases…well, let’s just say you can do better. That’s cool, but the S21 Ultra takes things even further with its pin-sharp WQHD+ resolution. If you have a smartphone, you’re more than half-way there. Everyone needs to have a cellphone case. Guest posters wanted But so are adapters for DSLR lenses. Guest posting rules This is pretty clever, and there are only slight differences in image quality between the Pixel 3a and Pixel 3. We particularly like the intuitive design of the reviews, which awards a score out of 100 for things like panorama and contrast, color, autofocus, noise, stabilization, noise and more – for both photos and videos!. Read here on how to execute this in effect. We love getting a look into someone else’s life – and that means not only seeing what you do and what you like, but also seeing who you are and who you share all of that with. A design niggle we have is that the ultra-wide camera is the last module from the bottom of the camera array. It can store all your photographs. They don’t use ultra-low-end tech, their software is tasteful and update support isn’t dropped from the day of release, as happens with some budget brands. Everyone needs to have a cellphone case. High feature count and 48MP, at a low cost. 0 aperture, which should help its low light performance. Most, if not all, sharing services these days give you the option of presenting writing alongside your images. Guest post by It might be pretty old now, but you can still pick up an iPhone 7. Above: With this shot, I could have got away with using my DSLR, but using my smartphone made me a little less conspicuous. When it comes to accessories, all you really need to get started with smartphone picture taking is a smartphone with a camera app and a charger. Folks aren’t as open to engaging with people who don’t engage back.  I switch over to the canonic mode whenever I need to seriously increase or decrease the exposure, or in low light conditions (where the HDR mode struggles to focus). From friends and family, to travel landscapes. But those costs are so small, compared to the record I have: The photos of family, friends and adventures, and the emotions and lessons attached to those images. You’ll need an app that will build borders onto your rectangular shot, so that the image plus the borders creates a square. This will give you a focus on what to photograph. Everyone will ask you how you did it. Digital Camera World is part of Future plc, an foreign media group and leading digital publisher. If, like roughly half of Instagram users, you’re using an Android device, your photos will be seriously shut and the quality gravely degraded (iOS users don’t seem to have the same problem). For example, some phones allow you to specify what you want to back up, and whether you only want to run backups when you’re connected to Wi-Fi (this’ll save you from eating up a ton of your phone data). Natural oils from your hands build up on the lens during use, so they attract dirt and debris. Flickr is a photo-sharing site that’s been around since 2004. Do not use your digital zoom, but get closer or further away physically. Submit your content The best part is that you don’t need any fancy equipment, only a few simple propr. The S20 Ultra, for the most part, edged ahead of Huawei’s P-series flagship when it came to pure detail in our tests, though Huawei’s color reproduction was consistently superior. The phone also captures video at up to 8K resolve (only using the main camera), or 4K/FHD resolution (using all four cameras). When it comes to accessories, all you really need to get started with smartphone picture taking is a smartphone with a camera app and a charger. The Mi Note 10 isn’t perfect, but as a camera phone, it’s the best you’ll get for its €549 ($609 / £472) asking price. Google, perhaps, takes things a little further, with Google Photos able to produce some even more dramatic results in the background. This is a light that sits at the top ….  To evaluate the quality of your camera app, first make sure it has all its features enabled (in some cases the default setting may be for the extra features to be turned off). I started running more often, running further, in search of a great shot, getting to know my hometown better in the process. If you’re not sure where to start, here are a few basic ideas to help get you in the smartphone photography mindset. We go this route to preserve photo quality, pulling our phone shots into Adobe Lightroom for a quick edit and exportation them as full-sized files before printing. Want to bring out the best in your photos? Check out our Lightroom editing tutorials! They’ll teach you:.


Introduction to Smartphone Photography write for us

Far from being a cheap compromise, the best budget camera phones can represent a sound investment funds for the savvy smartphone photographer. I’ve socially connected – even if only in a small way – with people I haven’t seen in years. Digital photos need to be edited to look their best – and that’s true whether you’re shooting on a DSLR or a smartphone! In this section, we give you a few tips on how to bring out the best in your smartphone shots, whether you’re editing them on your phone or your computer. Contributing writer Instagram is all about getting noticed. Guest posts Even if the sun isn’t in your image, the angle can still hit the glass of your lens and bounce around inside. Sharing one image will always be more powerful. But beware busy and cluttered backgrounds, as the filter (try as it might) sometimes can’t keep up. The models we listed here are all excellent choices for your iPhone photography. As for video, the S21 Ultra introduces a new Director’s View to the line, which supports a live preview of three focal lengths within the UI while shooting, so you know exactly what view you’re switching between. 2 | OIS: Yes | Weight: 189 g | Dimensions: 159. Don’t be afraid of layering other forms of composition to lead their eyes to these areas. 7 | Front camera: 8MP | OIS: Yes | Weight: 143 g | Dimensions: 144 x 69 x 8. The trend is towards posting smartphone photos, but expect to see a good number of videos, shots taken with other types of cameras, and non-photographic material (like paintings or digital creations) too. Writers wanted But Samsung has switched up its strategy for its new Galaxy S21 series of flagship phones. Add to the mix the added value Samsung loads up with that S Pen support, the phone’s stunning screen, better interface, and solid performance, and if you can handle its heft (and that price tag), then the S21 Ultra is a clear winner. Guest blogger guidelines Despite using the standard 27MP mode most of the time, we can’t overstate just how knock-down the phone’s 108MP mode is when the light is right. The Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra is the latest endorse of the Galaxy dynasty. It was only a matter of time before smartphone cameras replaced the daily use of other cameras, such as DSLRs. 2, 26mm lens, selfie specs read predictably.  On the left, the image has been cropped to the 1×1 aspect ratio that Instagram mechanically applies. A new contender from a big name in TVs. During the golden hour, when the sun is at its lowest is when you are the most susceptible to this bright light. When we came across a particularly stunning shot, we made a note of its location and plans to check the place out. Another common mistake is missing that focus on your subject. Plus, Flickr allows you to store your images on their site, which Instagram doesn’t. It is beguiling to share everything you pic. Guest contributor guidelines Simply taking a few steps to learn about your tech and keeping one eye on the lighting can avoid some of the common problems associated with smartphone photography. Powered by a Exynos 2100 in most markets, if you're in China or the USA, your S21 Ultra will sport a Qualcomm Snapdragon 888. The 3x zoom takes on the majority of telephoto phones — the iPhone 12 Pro Max and OnePlus 8 Pro, for example. There are a ton of ways you can lose the data on your phone. Kick your feet up and stay a while. A high number offers you nothing (unless you have over 10,000). In the second image, when those lines are straight, the shot feels much more static. For this, you will need to look at a lens or two. Talking about lenses for smartphone photography, we cannot forget about macro lenses. Another popular name in the photo book market is Artifact Uprising – an American printer owned by VSCO (the same ones who make the apps). Above: In the first image, the diagonal lines of the trees and picnic table give the shot a more dynamic feel. It also brings back sky-high 108MP settlement of 2020 Samsung top-enders like the Galaxy S20 Ultra and Note 20 Ultra, and matches it with a 10x optical zoom. You will receive a verification email shortly. You spend the whole day groping your phone, so make sure you wipe away those smeary marks before you start snapping. First, you wrap your image around so that the left and right side join for a continuous shot. Sign up now and get unlimited access to ALL of our courses. In some cases, these terms outline that in sharing your work through the service, the service provider gains the right to use your work without seeking further empowerment (you implicitly provide authorisation when you sign up). Want to write for Above: In this photograph of a puddle (flipped upside down), the reflection of the trees serves as the subject and allows the viewer to imagine the scene that exists outside of the frame. Sometimes tech fans can talk up the annual improvements in phone cameras too much, but three years of progress really adds up, particularly given the focus on low-light quality we’ve seen in the last 18 months. My skiing partner predicted (correctly) that we’d do a lot of falling, and so I left my DSLR at home and stuck to my phone’s camera. By employing pixel binning it shoots at 27MP by default, change of integrity every four pixels into one. Note that the app isn’t a storage service – it doesn’t hold a library of your separate shots. Though these policies tend to be long and written in legal jargon, we perfectly advocate looking through them carefully before you start sharing your work through that service. 99 (taxes, shipping and other fees not included). For example, look for patterns in everyday objects. Become a contributor Facebook is the world’s largest social networking site, with over 1. While historically it’s been more geared towards sharing occupation in general, and not smartphone photography, the ADPS is becoming more user-friendly for smartphone users, especially with the most recent update of the Flickr smartphone app. Want to write for Above: When I took this photo, I was packed into a busy (and moving!) subway car and had to keep one hand on the subway handrail. They can also give a sense of direction, which in itself is movement in a still image and makes it absorbing. There are even stories of people gaining new clients, remunerative sponsorships and entire careers thanks to their participation in those communities!. Everyone knows Instagram and VSCO Cam. Read here for the best lenses your money can buy in 2020. Above: Even though the texture is pretty similar across the frame, your eyes can’t help but jump to the bright pop of red. Sponsored post Here’s the battery pack we use. In the image above, it's not only homicide into the sun, but it's also using portrait mode to create some unusual results. Blog for us That means you can get a lot more in your photo and create new compositions. There are a ton of ways you can lose the data on your phone. Another popular name in the photo book market is Artifact Uprising – an American printer owned by VSCO (the same ones who make the apps). Submit guest article Twitter is a free social networking site that allows you to share writing and captions of no more than 140 characters. Expert Photography © 2011-2021. The important things should be aligned along those lines, or at the cartesian product of those lines, for the greatest impact. Submit an article This is one of the best budget phones for night shooting.  (Not quite there yet? Start taking photos with your phone regularly, and in no time, the world will be full of photographic potential!)But nowadays, most of us keep our phones with us all the time, which means most of us have a camera with us all the time too. Is it spontaneous to use? Do you like the look of the photos? Does it seem like the right fit for the price?. Want to write a post They allow you to click the shutter from anyplace. Sponsored post by Other cameras are closer to what we expect at the price; an 8MP ultra-wide and a pair of 2MP cameras for depth processing and macro shots. England and Wales company registration number 2008885. Typically, smartphone users will purchase a certain amount of data from their phone provider, which specifies how much data they can use per billing cycle before they’re charged an overage fee. It takes more than raising the camera and pressing the shutter. These will help you capture stunning images. Become guest writer Other than that, it all comes down to your creativeness. Guest post As it stands, the Mi Note 10 won’t be useable in the US, however, it’s European, and UK release are pegged for a January 2020 launch at a price of at €549 ($609 / £472). The Moto G range has been the easiest set of budget phones to recommend for the best part of a decade. Guest posters wanted You want to capture a moment and you’re afraid you’re going to miss it. VSCO Cam This editing app for iOS- and Android-enabled phones is one of the most popular out there, thanks in part to its range of filters (both free and paid). You need to make sure you don’t lose it – and all your photos – for good. Submit blog post  You can definitely get by just fine without this level of control, but feel free to experiment with these more high-tech camera apps if that sounds like your kind of thing!And note too that some editing and sharing apps (like Instagram) include a camera function as well. I took fewer than 20 photos with it over the four years I owned it!. This post was written by dng formats to minimize image compression. Once your phone is internet-connected, you’ll need to choose which photo-sharing services you want to use. Sponsored post by Pocket-lint is supported by its readers. Sponsored post: The back is all about those cameras, with a marked camera bump, and both sides are protected by Gorilla Glass 5. This means that phone photography is, more often than not, dull – leaving users frustrated and confused. Above: In this photograph of a puddle (flipped upside down), the reflection of the trees serves as the subject and allows the viewer to imagine the scene that exists outside of the frame. This article shows you more in-depth information. And if you absolutely need to capture more dynamic range, try actuation on your phone’s HDR mode (if it has one), or leave your phone in your pocket and switch back to your more advanced camera. If you are at an office or shared network, you can ask the network administrator to run a scan across the network looking for misconfigured or infectious devices. The best part is that you don’t need any fancy equipment, only a few simple propr. Sign up below to get the latest from Creative Bloq, plus exclusive special offers, direct to your inbox!. The Ultra’s photos are punchy and vibrant, with a distinctly Samsung quality to them. There are two main types of smartphones that dominate the market: iPhones and Android phones. These come in at about 11-16MB in size, and actually look much better than we unsurprising them to – you can see some examples below. One of our recommendations is the Magic Shutter App. Sponsored post And "continue" is the operative word here; one of the great things about the Samsung Galaxy A52 5G is that Samsung has committed to keeping it on the list for monthly OS updates, major Android updates and security updates or at least three to four years. While many phones now offer optical image stabilisation and AI correction for hand-shake, being stable is often the best thing you can do. Windy conditions make it challenging and frustrating to photograph. 4, 70mm module with a 3x eq zoom. Everyone will ask you how you did it.


Smartphone Photography Tips guest post by

Sounds good, but is it $1,199/£1,149 good? . Guest post courtesy of Read our detailed iPhone vs Android comparison here to figure out which one suits you better. For phone users, this means that in addition to keeping your photos on your phone and on a cloud server, you need to put them on a computer and, preferably, on a hard drive or two as well. Guest poster wanted © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. The Google Pixel 4a is a great example of a phone with decent specs and an affordable price to match. When you purchase through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. This way, the results will be more stunning and professional. Copyright 2019 The Smartphone Photographer. While the design is probably a 7. All in all, there are seven contrary types of cameras you can find …. During the golden hour, when the sun is at its lowest is when you are the most susceptible to this bright light. To know what they are, and use them immediately, you must read our article here. Sign up now and get unlimited access to ALL of our courses. But the level of engagement with your images is more important than the number of followers. While it’s great to show your mass the finished product, people really enjoy getting a glimpse of the sub-rosa action too! Consider zooming out every now and then, to compose a photo that captures your process (or your mess!). If you’re a nonrecreational photographer or an avid hobbyist, chances are that you’ve taken some shots of your family and friends with your best camera. This is one of the best budget phones for night shooting. Read this article on what to look for in creating these HDR images. You won’t get a sharper camera phone for the price; we can say that with confidence, but there’s no getting around the fact the phone’s power has trouble keeping the phone feeling snappy when processing those big-pixel-count images. TCL made the last few generations of BlackBerrys, but now it produces phones with its own name stamped on the back. ​While we wait for Google to invent an physical property cloak, we have to find other ways to blend in. Guest blogger guidelines Instagram is a great tool for both editing and sharing. England and Wales company calibration number 2008885. If you have a smartphone, you’re more than half-way there. Don't snatch at the button, hold things steady and take your time. Click the links above to learn more!. Because most of us have them – and a lot of us have them out, all the time – people may not take much notice when you use it as a camera. If your goal in sharing your work is to build a strong audience, think about how you can use words to get them to connect more with your images (and possibly with you as an individual and an artist). Submit a guest post In our own Instagramming experience, we’ve come across drawings, paintings, paper art, collages built from flowers, famous paintings rendered in Playdough (yep, really!) – all snapped and shared with the artist’s smartphone!. Become an author There’s one important missing camera feature, though; video capture taps out at 1080p, 30 frames per second, where many rivals have full 4K capture. It's IP67 water and dust resistant, and features image stabilization for rock-solid 4K 60fps video. When taking photos and videos with a phone, video calling, or live streaming, two things are very important– the lighting and keeping your phone steady. Operating systems & device compatibility. Portrait Mode is an amazing feature of the newer version of the iPhone. Guest posting rules The Galaxy S21 Ultra is a beast. From friends and family, to travel landscapes. Guest article And then it was time to upgrade. Become an author And I’m so excited to see where it takes me. We like to keep it a small group so we can engage together. As for the 40MP front camera, in a turn for the books, Samsung actually applies less demulcent and processing to selfies, so they pick up more grain in auto mode than photos from the main camera. You can easily practice your craft – and add to your visual record – every single day. The front is all-screen, with a 90 percent screen to body ratio and a cutout selfie camera. With a front camera resolution of 40 MP, the S21 Ultra also pumps up the pixels for selfies compared with the vanilla S21 and the Plus, whose selfie cameras are 10MP. Post physical process won’t fix a blurry image from a slow shutter ​. Despite using the standard 27MP mode most of the time, we can’t overstate just how knock-down the phone’s 108MP mode is when the light is right. Camera phones are not nearly as powerful DSLRs. I bought a new shiny smartphone.  (Not quite there yet? Start taking photos with your phone regularly, and in no time, the world will be full of photographic potential!)But nowadays, most of us keep our phones with us all the time, which means most of us have a camera with us all the time too. Check out The Creativity Field Guide! This super-fun eBook is packed with over 100 photography project ideas, plus tons of photos, illustrations and other fun stuff too – like field trips, quotes and even a brute hunt! Get ready to get inspired!. Submit an article My skiing partner predicted (correctly) that we’d do a lot of falling, and so I left my DSLR at home and stuck to my phone’s camera. It might sound obvious, but when was the last time you turned your phone over and gave the lens a good clean? A simple wipe with your top will do at a pinch when you’re out and about, but it’s good to use lens cleansing fluid or glasses wipes every so often to lift residual dirt and debris. Digital Camera World is supported by its chance. Looking for guest posts Consider the upgrade if low-light image quality matters more than a zoom lens and superior battery life. That being said, if you’re okay diving into Pro mode and bumping up the shutter speed or ISO, that’s always an option. They can make subjects and areas in your photograph complementary or independent of each other. Want to write for Some sharing services allow you to attach location information to your images, so folks can see on a map where you took your shot (and so that, down the road, you can remember where you went!). Samsung’s Dynamic AMOLED 2X tech delivers a 120Hz refresh rate, HDR10+ support, 1500-nit peak brightness, and a 1440 x 3200 physical phenomenon (515 PPI pixel density). That might just be from supporting the phone better - using two hands rather than one - it might be that you need to slow down rather than rush that photo or it might be that you need to support your phone on something solid, like a table or wall. But in reading the list, you should get a sense of what functions you want, which’ll be a big help when you start exploring your app store and looking at what each editing app offers. Nowadays, there are some marvellous (and weird) lenses. 2, 26mm lens, selfie specs read predictably. Click the links above to learn more!. You can spend less than $200/ £200 and still get an excellent phone with multiplex useful cameras on the back. Contributor guidelines Read here on how to execute this in effect. Sponsored post by Read this article to learn how to use Portrait Mode on your iPhone. The Google Pixel 4a only comes in one storage option, which has 6GB of RAM and 128GB of storage – and, unfortunately, there's no option to expand the memory yourself with a microSD card. As for the 40MP front camera, in a turn for the books, Samsung actually applies less demulcent and processing to selfies, so they pick up more grain in auto mode than photos from the main camera. Creating sneak photography requires you to look at situations and objects in a assorted way. This comes from something called geotagging. We’ll provide you with all you need to know. A high number offers you nothing (unless you have over 10,000). This results in shots that look crisp until you pinch in, after which aggressive process is visible. A photo straight out of my smartphone’s camera, taken in direct sunlight. I’ve socially connected – even if only in a small way – with people I haven’t seen in years. Guest contributor guidelines If you stand under a very tall building looking up, all the lines will border on. It attaches to the phone’s lens by using a clamp. Looking for guest posts A portable battery pack allows you to recharge your phone from a battery. Guest post policy Instagram has over 400 million users, so you can understand that 52 Million images posted a day happens very often. Just touch what you want in focus on the display and often that will just click into place. While that might remove distracting detail from the panorama and help the subject pop, it can also make photos look a little artificial. It uses the Samsung GM1 sensor, a detail for the tech fiends out there. Articles wanted So whenever you publish a great new blog post, or add new images to your portfolio, consider sharing a relevant image on a social sharing site like Instagram to give folks a heads up. A smaller version is latent (see above) but it also has its limit on perspective. • The best camera phones you can buy today • The best burner phones • Which is the best iPhone for photography? • 10 iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max camera tips and tricks • The best TikTok lights • Best camera for TikTok. The best and cheapest way is here, in this article. Here’s the battery pack we use. The Google Pixel 4a is a great example of a phone with decent specs and an affordable price to match. Guest contributor guidelines Once you’re set up with a sharing service (or two, or three) and you have a photo you want folks to see, it’s time to really share your shot!This can be as simple as taking your photo, applying any edits you want, and posting it through your sharing service. 5/10, the display gets a perfect 10. You want to capture the moment while it lasts. Vying for the title of best camera phone in 2020 is the 108MP Xiaomi Mi Note 10, an Android phone that costs the same as low-cost flagships like the Asus Zenfone 6 and OnePlus 7T, despite packing groundbreaking imaging tech inside. Guest posting rules ) The things you post in public to your Facebook page will show up in your friends’ news feed – aboard posts from all of their other friends, plus advertisers. But all smartphones are using a lot of software or dyed intelligence to clean up images and give you more pleasing results. Submitting a guest post Yellow borders have been added to show the edges of the image. Available with 128GB storage (12GB RAM), 256GB storage (12GB RAM) and 512GB storage (16GB RAM), storage options are plentiful, though there’s no microSD card support here. Want to write for Sharing one image will always be more powerful. Contributing writer If outside, shoot towards open shade by placing your subject at the very edge of the shaded area. You can spend less than $200/ £200 and still get an excellent phone with multiplex useful cameras on the back.  I’ve shared over 450 photos on Instagram and looked at thousands of images shared by other people. 47-inch curved AMOLED display on the front, with Full HD+ resolution and an under-display fingerprint scanner. Is there a way to check the quality of your phone’s camera even if you don’t have the box or manual? Sure, there is. The top-end Pixel phones have two. It’s time to take advantage of the smartphone camera you’re always carrying around!. Juxtaposition comes from colors that contrast and cause conflict. Please refresh the page and try again.


Introduction to Smartphone Photography accepting guest posts

Lens flare is one of those things that ruin a photograph. ​A virtual ton has been written on the merits of iPhones and Android phones (as a quick computer network search will attest!), so we’re going to keep this brief. Delivering great education, affordably & accessibly to everyone. When photographing people, watch where those shadows fall and think about the best side from which to take a shot - you don't want a represent in front of a exquisite background because you didn't consider that the sun was behind them, for example - but staring into the sun for a portrait is dazzling for the subject too. At a zoo shot through glass? You're not only taking a bad photo, but you're scaring the animals. But you can do your best to create surprising and heart-melting newborn photos. Another popular name in the photo book market is Artifact Uprising – an American printer owned by VSCO (the same ones who make the apps). My skiing partner predicted (correctly) that we’d do a lot of falling, and so I left my DSLR at home and stuck to my phone’s camera. 0 now from the Chrome Web Store. In order to share a photo on one of the major sharing platforms via your phone, you’ll need an cyberspace memory. The Redmi Note 9 is a 2020 phone that offers a few extras we can’t take for granted. Guest posting These days, most smartphones will automatically back your data (including your photos) up to a cloud server…so long as you have that function enabled. Sponsored post: Shooting at 8K might sound totally overkill, but stills pulled from an 8K video look decent enough to share, so it does afford S21 Ultra owners with a bit of extra skillfulness. Guest posts By Basil Kronfli 06 January 2020. If you intend to print your work, you may want to weigh the invisibility benefits against the quality costs.  On the left, the image has been cropped to the 1×1 aspect ratio that Instagram mechanically applies. Don't snatch at the button, hold things steady and take your time. Next up is the 117° camera, with a resolution of 20MP for high-resolution ultra-wide landscapes. Browse through our fill out guide, then read it in depth. Above: In the first image, the diagonal lines of the trees and picnic table give the shot a more dynamic feel. Some sharing services allow you to attach location information to your images, so folks can see on a map where you took your shot (and so that, down the road, you can remember where you went!). Writers wanted But some camera phones support shooting at faster frame rates (for slow motion video). Contributor guidelines So if you want to have even a chance of sharing images with the people closest to you, you may need to be on Facebook (though an emailed link to a Flickr gallery would do the trick too). Meet the Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra. Above: After sunset, natural light tends to have a blue cast. You can also select your interests for free access to our premium training:. A Raw file is a compressed lossless image file format that saves much more image data than a typical lossy JPEG. Become a contributor  Not sure what you should be looking for? Here are a few things we think a camera app should allow you to do:. Depending on the service, you may be able to: leave a public comment on an image, send a private message to a user, add your name to a list of people who enjoyed an image (by ‘liking’ or ‘hearting’), and sign up to see future images from a finicky user. Once you’ve considered all of those extras, it’s time to get your image out there! When you post, and how often, is totally up to you, but you’ll quickly get a feel for what works best – for yourself and your audience – as you spend some time on the sharing service. All it takes is a little bit of practice!. Instagram is by far the most popular sharing service geared mainly towards smartphone photography. Guest post opportunities Packing two telephoto cameras, both featuring the same sensor, the S21 Ultra’s near-distance photo camera is a 10 MP, f/2. In turn, if you’re looking for a camera phone first and foremost and want maximum bang for your buck, the Xiaomi Mi Note 10 delivers. Keeping it steady will give you much better photos. There are some peculiarly designed for smartphone photography. You need to make sure you don’t lose it – and all your photos – for good. Clockwise from top left, the filters are: No filter (original image), HB2, M5, B5, T1, and A4. I accepted and signed up for Instagram that salutation. I accepted and signed up for Instagram that salutation. Submit an article You are causative for any charges you incur!. It’s very much geared towards creating a fussy aesthetic (that washed out look that’s popular at the moment) and so only lets you, say, take the highlights down (no up option) and take the shadows up (no down option). Why? Because those apps don't use all the skills that your phone offers. © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. Another great way to use your cellphone photography is to create polar globes. That means you can get a lot more in your photo and create new compositions. Writers wanted For phone users, this means that in addition to keeping your photos on your phone and on a cloud server, you need to put them on a computer and, preferably, on a hard drive or two as well. Contribute to this site The rule of thirds is an integral compositional tool that can help to create interest in your images. Above: A shot of a finished watercolour painting, and a behind-the-scenes look at a similar project, both taken with my smartphone camera. Become guest writer Historically, iPhones have been the popular choice among smartphone users (or at least users who are willing to invest in expensive gear) and so companies have been eager to develop apps and accessories that are iPhone-compatible. Is there such a thing as a cheap iPhone? Not unless your definition of a budget phone is very loose. Whether you're looking for a budget Android phone or you want to stick with Apple and get a budget iPhone, you can pick up a fantastic phone with a great camera system for a fraction of the price of the absolute best camera phones. Contribute to our site Above: Placing your subject in a frame – in this case a literal one (the doorframe) – is a great way to draw mental faculty to them!. Accepting guest posts A photo continuous out of my smartphone’s camera, taken in low light. Submit an article Sites like Tumblr, Twitter and Facebook aren’t specifically geared towards sharing smartphone photography, but they can be an attractive option, especially if you want to streamline your social media use and share photos, news, and thoughts all from one place. Some Instagrammers take their intellection of color a step further by paying magnet to how the colors mesh across different photos in their gallery. Please refresh the page and try again. There are specific cellphone applications to help your landscape photography. In bright environments, the S21 Ultra’s photos are for the most part fantabulous - made even better if you underexpose the shot slightly with the exposure bar. Submitting a guest post And it goes without saying: Get permission before you repost someone else’s work. This can make a big difference in the quality of your photos and videos, especially in low-light conditions!. If you’re looking to share or print your images at larger sizes, as a very general rule more megapixels on a phone is better. And "continue" is the operative word here; one of the great things about the Samsung Galaxy A52 5G is that Samsung has committed to keeping it on the list for monthly OS updates, major Android updates and security updates or at least three to four years. Guest blogger Here’s what that means for your photos: If you want your viewer to look at your subject, place them at the end of a line (or a series of lines, for even more attention-directing power!). Above: A 6×8 Artifact Uprising book, made with smartphone photos. Everyone will ask you how you did it. I took fewer than 20 photos with it over the four years I owned it!. And if you absolutely need to capture more dynamic range, try actuation on your phone’s HDR mode (if it has one), or leave your phone in your pocket and switch back to your more advanced camera. But that’s ok! Darker darks can add more mystery to your photo, and blown highlights can look airy. • Best camera phones all round • Best iPhone for photography • Best burner phone • Best 5G phone • Best phablets • Best flip phones. The Cloud service is the common one for iOS users. You can download a free 30-day trial of either program here. Color can play a huge role in your images! Just think about it! Color can change the mood of your scene: an image filled with rainbow shades will feel a lot different than one with muted tones, and an image in color will feel disparate than that same image converted to black and white. Geotagging is also very handy when it comes to your pictorial representation. Photographers often use the rule of thirds to get the subject into an ideal position. While the camera phone’s propulsion resolution can’t best higher-spec flagships, capping out at 4K 30fps, the image the Mi Note 10 produces looks first-class in well it seems, and respectable in middling light. 136 • Performance & security by Cloudflare. If you can, then, make a habit of grabbing a few shots of your work on your phone, for sharing purposes. Also worth noting, it’s the first non-Note smartphone to get S Pen integration, so supports 4,096 levels of pressure sensitivity. Submit blog post In a receding and pandemic year, stripped-back flagships were well received, with phones like the Google Pixel 5 and OnePlus 8T serving up some cost-conscious flagship appeal. Guest column Yellow borders have been added to show the edges of the image. The process of uploading, editing, exporting and posting our images ate into time we felt we should be using to experience and photograph our surroundings. This clever app shows you the placement of the sun and moon in relation to the area you want to photograph. One of the first points is to only post your best images. Instagram is a great tool for both editing and sharing. Guest post- On the subject of telephoto cameras, there are two; the first is a 12MP 2x zoom module, with a 50mm focal length and no OIS. Become a contributor If outside, shoot towards open shade by placing your subject at the very edge of the shaded area. However, the G8 Power does not have the dedicated night mode of the Motorola Moto G8 Plus. The Galaxy S21 Ultra is a beast. Write for us A photo continuous out of my smartphone’s camera, taken in low light. Other modes include Panorama, Night, Portrait, 108M, Short Video, and Slow Motion. Above: Against a stark blue background, the branches and leaves of the tree really grab your attention. Have a look at the case made by Moment. Submit your content Leaving your camera on its default settings will produce blurry results. Photographers often use the rule of thirds to get the subject into an ideal position. Guest post policy Above: When I took this photo, I was packed into a busy (and moving!) subway car and had to keep one hand on the subway handrail. Our tips and tricks will help get you started on this social media political program. By Jason Parnell-Brookes 23 February 2021. 9 | OIS: Yes | Weight: 150g | Dimensions: 142. The Google Pixel 4a is a great example of a phone with decent specs and an affordable price to match. These days, most smartphones will automatically back your data (including your photos) up to a cloud server…so long as you have that function enabled. Write for us Here’s the idea: If you share anything on social media about the event – a Twitter tweet, a Facebook post, an Instagram photo – you can tag it with the custom hashtag, so that other social media-using attendees can get your take on the event. Another popular name in the photo book market is Artifact Uprising – an American printer owned by VSCO (the same ones who make the apps). Google calls this Super Res Zoom, and it combines quadruple exposures taken from a fractionally other position, in order to reckon information “between” the sensor’s own pixels. And that means, anything that’s moving may end up being blurry. The megapixel war is back on and raging stronger than ever. Scroll through the photos associated with those hashtags, and you’ll find out what cool things other people in the area are doing – instant travel guide!. This phone does not set new standards, but it is definitely a handy alternative to the Moto G8 line if every penny counts. White balance is perceptibly cooler than that of the iPhone 11 Pro and Pixel 4, and in certain scenes, images lacked some warmth as a result in Auto mode. It is a cable release for cellphones. The passing cars will illuminate the scene, adding this red and white path of light. While we’ve talked so far about sharing photos in their own right, these days more and more people are using photography – and image-sharing sites – to share their non-photographic artwork.


Introduction to Smartphone Photography this is a guest post by

A 60-page, 7×7-inch book starts at US$20. But in reading the list, you should get a sense of what functions you want, which’ll be a big help when you start exploring your app store and looking at what each editing app offers. But a case and screen protector should be bought ideally the same day you get your phone. Submit content When taking photos and videos with a phone, video calling, or live streaming, two things are very important– the lighting and keeping your phone steady. As an avid photographer, you will need to scout locations.  If you want to share your images with strangers, but keep your personal page private, examine making a separate page dedicated to your photography. Submit an article These are also called tiny planets and are the act of turning an image or panorama into a little world. Additionally, we participate in other affiliate programs and sometimes get a commission through purchases made through our links. You have to get it right in-camera – your app’s not going to save you from bigger mistakes! Here are a few things we look for when we compose photos with our smartphones:. Guest column The 3x zoom takes on the majority of telephoto phones — the iPhone 12 Pro Max and OnePlus 8 Pro, for example. This is a guest post by But so are adapters for DSLR lenses. There’s a lot of choice out there!. Sponsored post: 136 • Performance & security by Cloudflare. Submit an article But Samsung has switched up its strategy for its new Galaxy S21 series of flagship phones. If you're looking for even cheaper handsets than we have here (so cheap that you can treat them as disposable), then take a look at our guide the best burner phones. Read here on how to change it easily. To keep the quality of the print high, we keep the size of the print small – with our 8 megapixel smartphone camera, prints of 4×6 or smaller looked the best. Guest posting rules This is a light that sits at the top …. The ability to react to a fleeting moment is half the battle when it comes to snapping a great shot. The Hasselblad True Zoom joined with the Moto Z and came up with a mixture for this shortcoming. Become an author There are still issues with bloatware, with Microsoft and Samsung providing pre-loaded alternatives to Google’s Chrome and Gmail apps, but between the attractively refined new color scheme, Samsung giving users the option to ditch Bixby in favor of Google Assistant, and a host of other blips of joy you encounter when using it, the S21 Ultra isn’t just a good camera phone, it’s also a great phone. © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. Using Facebook, a blog post or dedicated website photo, your images will be around 700px. It's not about call clarity, it's about photo quality. It also brings back sky-high 108MP settlement of 2020 Samsung top-enders like the Galaxy S20 Ultra and Note 20 Ultra, and matches it with a 10x optical zoom. For photo editing in double-quick time, explore our roundup of the best free Photoshop actions.  There are over 200 million blogs certified on the site, so the community is talkative (and probably more varied than what you’ll find on a photo-specific site). To know what they are, and use them immediately, you must read our article here. © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. Want to bring out the best in your photos? Check out our Lightroom editing tutorials! They’ll teach you:. This resulted in our hand locomotion into the frame more often than not. I took this lens for a spin in the zoo, and you can see the results below. Creative Bloq is part of Future plc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. Read here on what app to use and how the subject matter can benefit you. Become a contributor Everyone will ask you how you did it. You'll only have this option if you have a recent phone, but the latest Google phones, iPhones, Huawei, Samsung and others all have some sort of night option. Guest blogger  That doesn’t mean you have to reciprocate every single time you get feedback – by following someone who follows you, or liking someone’s work who likes yours. Release date: April 2020 | Rear cameras: 12-megapixel, 28mm f/1. Including locating information measure allows people to see on a map where you were when you took your shot!. For more case recommendations, read here. Your smartphone is intuitive and might pick the wrong area to focus on. Creative Bloq is part of Future plc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. Sponsored post: To make sure you make the most of all phone process can be, it's crucial you utilise the settings on your phone aright. If you plan to take a lot of photos (and/or use a lot of apps) you may want to opt for a phone with lots of storage space. A Raw file is a compressed lossless image file format that saves much more image data than a typical lossy JPEG. [Note: ExpertPhotography is supported by readers. Become an author Elsewhere, the Moto G8 Power has a good 6. Camera quality is one of the main reasons to buy a Pixel 3a. While the giant 5,260mAh battery is enormous, battery performance was only ever good; never impressive. Want to take your photography to new heights?. Note: This is a super broad guide. Camera quality is one of the main reasons to buy a Pixel 3a. But all smartphones are using a lot of software or dyed intelligence to clean up images and give you more pleasing results. So you decide to take photos of the newborn yourself. Submit an article Here’s a quick rundown of some of the options available to you. While historically it’s been more geared towards sharing occupation in general, and not smartphone photography, the ADPS is becoming more user-friendly for smartphone users, especially with the most recent update of the Flickr smartphone app. Contribute to this site 2 | OIS: Yes | Weight: 189 g | Dimensions: 159. Vertical video only works if the person viewing that video is viewing on a phone, like in Instagram Stories. It has a better grip than the phone, and even comes with a wrist strap. And then it was time to upgrade. Spend a bit of time on Instagram, and you’ll name that photographers with big followings have thing in common, whether they photograph fashion, families, life or waterfalls. While you can share and hashtag images of the event that you took with your DSLR, the general trend with event-specific hashtags is to post phone shots. Before we had smartphones, we all tried to keep up with blogging while we were away from home, but we struggled with it. It would have made more sense to either position the ultra-wide camera higher in the array, or change the shape to a square or a orientation strip. If you are at an office or shared network, you can ask the network administrator to run a scan across the network looking for misconfigured or infectious devices. When it comes to our smartphone photography, our general philosophy is to see the camera’s limitations as its advantages. Suggest a post Portrait Mode is an amazing feature of the newer version of the iPhone. 4) provides a flattering shallow depth of field. Lines are hugely powerful elements! See, our eyes love a good line. Above: Against a stark blue background, the branches and leaves of the tree really grab your attention. It would not seem half as good value without it. In turn, you’ll comfortably last a day with the Mi Note 10, and it charges quickly, business enterprise with a 30W power brick in the box. All those screen smarts combine with a bright, easy-to-view display that’s vibrant, deep, inky, and a treat to watch, swipe, shoot, and edit on. Post physical process won’t fix a blurry image from a slow shutter ​. This phone does not set new standards, but it is definitely a handy alternative to the Moto G8 line if every penny counts. We massed tripods and tripod mounts for both Android and iPhone devices. Especially of those candid moments, where there wasn’t a specific reason to tote your bulkier gear along – like a quick trip to the park or an impromptu soccer game. The 108 MP main camera isn’t always the most nuanced sharpshooter, but as a package, there’s plenty to love, provided you can handle its hefty size and price tag. Want to contribute to our website There’s nothing like a real print that you can hold in your hands! With smartphone photography growing in popularity, there are now plenty of great options for printing your work. For the most part, they lack the manual controls or the hardware you need to say, create a dreamily shallow depth of field, get a crisp shot of someone in motion, or produce a shot in low light that’s not peppered with noise. This might be good for a huge vista, but it's not so good for analytic your subjects against the background, and can produce uncomplimentary portraits of even the most photogenic of us. Shooting at 8K might sound totally overkill, but stills pulled from an 8K video look decent enough to share, so it does afford S21 Ultra owners with a bit of extra skillfulness. This will provide similarly distributed light as open shade, but with more directionality. In a nutshell, the Xiaomi Mi Note 10’s primary camera captures more detail than any other camera phone on the market but doesn’t quite beat out the best performers when it comes to dynamic range and low light performance. Depending on where your images will end up will dictate the programs or applications you will use. Each pick comes with a full review, so you can get a good sense of what makes each camera stand out. Fortunately, plenty of smartphone tripods these days come with a ring light. Writers wanted  Color can also direct your viewers attention: a pop of color that differs from the rest of the tones in your scene is going to stand out. Guest article Meanwhile, the front-facing camera is a estimable 10MP f/1. Check them out in this article. Here are a few that have caught our eye recently. Editing images on your smartphone has many advantages. But we won’t leave you totally in the dark here. So whether you're going for an older phone or a more recent one with slightly older tech, you're still going to get a highly capable shooting machine. These days, you can find a whole suite of lenses specifically designed for smartphone photography, including wide-angle and macro lenses. Make sure you provide them with a link to your work, too!. Creative Bloq is part of Future plc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. This article shows you more in-depth information.  So, what’s the plus? When you can’t rely on your technical or editing powers to create a great shot, you have to go back to the basics: Composition. The Redmi Note 9 is a 2020 phone that offers a few extras we can’t take for granted. This doesn’t mean that each one of us can take a stunning photograph. A popular type of photography that many mobile photographers enjoy is macro process. Submit article It attaches to the phone’s lens by using a clamp. If you want a new, unlocked iPhone 6 with a decent amount of storage space, it will cost you over US$700. That being said, if you’re okay diving into Pro mode and bumping up the shutter speed or ISO, that’s always an option. Use our guide to learn and master your smartphone photography. 2) | 5MP (color filter) | Front camera: 16MP | OIS: Yes | Weight: 199 g | Dimensions: 165.


Please turn JavaScript on and reload the page. guest post-

These lights act as leading lines, bringing your eyes into the image. Until just two years ago, my cell phone was just that – a phone. Want to write an article Above: A shot of the golden fall leaves, before and after editing with the VSCO Cam app. The Pro mode offers up full control over all five lenses, not to mention a shutter speed of up to 32 seconds and an ISO of up to 3200. Your battery life will depend on a lot of things (like how much you use your phone and what apps you run in the background), but it’s worth getting an idea of what the maximum battery life is. Publish your guest post The rule of thirds is an integral compositional tool that can help to create interest in your images. Become a guest blogger Here are a few that have caught our eye recently. We haven’t tried them ourselves, but reviews abound!. Folks aren’t as open to engaging with people who don’t engage back. The Samsung Galaxy A52 5G was proclaimed in March 2021, and it sits pretty much perfectly in the middle of the smartphone offering: neither dirt-cheap nor prohibitively expensive. At the same time, camera execution has evolved into the most valuable aspect of those phones. The trend is towards posting smartphone photos, but expect to see a good number of videos, shots taken with other types of cameras, and non-photographic material (like paintings or digital creations) too. There are all kinds of lines out there, and they do different things for our photos. Read here on how to create one. The idea is that you stabilise your camera and capture a long exposure of a busy street. Become guest writer And like Instagram, you can use hashtags to get your work in front of other users. The S20 Ultra, for the most part, edged ahead of Huawei’s P-series flagship when it came to pure detail in our tests, though Huawei’s color reproduction was consistently superior. Sometimes, as a photographer, your goal is to go unseen by the world around you and capture a moment that’s unspoiled by your presence. The camera array on the Samsung Galaxy A52 5G is very solid for a phone at this price, a three-camera setup that produces punchy at bright images at a range of distances. If you have non-photo art you want to share, view posting shots of it alongside your photography, or create a totally new account dedicated to your craft!. Above: When I took this photo, I was packed into a busy (and moving!) subway car and had to keep one hand on the subway handrail. Whether you’re cropping into an image or want to blow it up, no other smartphone comes close. Anyone who wants an Apple watch, for example, will need an iPhone 5 (or a newer model). Your smartphone photography needs a workflow. As it stands, the Mi Note 10 won’t be useable in the US, however, it’s European, and UK release are pegged for a January 2020 launch at a price of at €549 ($609 / £472).  To evaluate the quality of your camera app, first make sure it has all its features enabled (in some cases the default setting may be for the extra features to be turned off). When you purchase through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. And with the help of some musing hashtagging, you can increase the chance that it gets in front of folks who will like what you’re doing. This doesn’t mean that each one of us can take a stunning photograph. Above: A shot of the golden fall leaves, before and after editing with the VSCO Cam app. Click the links above to learn more!. Many sharing services these days encourage users to interact with each other. Vertical photos work - even the grand masters painted portraits in, um, portrait - but we need to talk about video. Become a guest blogger If we dropped a subject in there – like a person – all of those atmospheric condition would likely flurry. FREE for next 4 weeks₹600 / MONTH. SPECIAL OFFER! FREE for next 4 weeks - Offer Ends in:. No Crop lets you not only maintain the shape of your shot, but also allows you to perform basic edits, apply filters, create collages, apply text – a lot of the extras you won’t find in a straight editing app. So, if you’re up for it, share the smartphone photos you capture of your friends, family and pets – and of yourself too!. An interesting remark or shadow can be a subject in its own right. Of course, the biggest thing with any camera is to take more photos, even if it means deleting a lot of them. Read our article to help to decide which app to get and for tips on how to use them. 0 aperture, which should help its low light performance. You can use it to write things down and can store your location. Become guest writer Post physical process won’t fix a blurry image from a slow shutter ​. And the result will allow you to enjoy your smartphone’s content in a bigger size. It’s time to take advantage of the smartphone camera you’re always carrying around!. Guest post VSCO Cam This editing app for iOS- and Android-enabled phones is one of the most popular out there, thanks in part to its range of filters (both free and paid). There are many 360 panorama photo apps out there, and it’s easy to get confused which one is the best choice. However, only one of these cameras is genuinely quite good. As soon as the lights go down even a bit, it falls flat even faster than the zoom and ultra-wide cameras do. Do you have a camera phone but know nothing about its camera? Perhaps it was given to you as a gift and you’d like to know if it can take good photos or not. The power under the hood will, however, slow it down occasionally, especially when you’re taking pictures at the sensor’s full 108MP resolution. The ability to react to a fleeting moment is half the battle when it comes to snapping a great shot. Pretty soon, you’ll find your (smartphone photo) voice!. Packing two telephoto cameras, both featuring the same sensor, the S21 Ultra’s near-distance photo camera is a 10 MP, f/2. When photographing people, watch where those shadows fall and think about the best side from which to take a shot - you don't want a represent in front of a exquisite background because you didn't consider that the sun was behind them, for example - but staring into the sun for a portrait is dazzling for the subject too. Packing two telephoto cameras, both featuring the same sensor, the S21 Ultra’s near-distance photo camera is a 10 MP, f/2. The power under the hood will, however, slow it down occasionally, especially when you’re taking pictures at the sensor’s full 108MP resolution. While the giant 5,260mAh battery is enormous, battery performance was only ever good; never impressive. Become a guest blogger While it's a bit of an imposition to carry a tripod, with phones getting smarter, having a flexible tripod and a smartphone mount opens up a world of possibilities - impossible selfies, moon shots, night photos to die for - or longer exposures that turn water into smoke. Want to take your photography to new heights?. Guest post guidelines See iPhone 12 Pro Max vs Samsung S21 Ultra. Guest column We can, at least, tell you a bit about what to look for in a smartphone from a photographic sense. Engage Raw shooting mode when you’re aiming for better quality editing controls or if you want to print your photos from that once-in-a-lifetime holiday.  As a result, the waitress walking through the shot ended up blurry. As it stands, the Mi Note 10 won’t be useable in the US, however, it’s European, and UK release are pegged for a January 2020 launch at a price of at €549 ($609 / £472). This is where your 22MP DSLR, 16MP Mirrorless or 12MP phone images all become reduced to the same size. Many of them have the same task in mind, managing your exposure levels and contrast. While you can share and hashtag images of the event that you took with your DSLR, the general trend with event-specific hashtags is to post phone shots. It would have made more sense to either position the ultra-wide camera higher in the array, or change the shape to a square or a orientation strip.  If you want to share your images with strangers, but keep your personal page private, examine making a separate page dedicated to your photography. Guest post The resultant group is your composition. .  Not sure what you should be looking for? Here are a few things we think a camera app should allow you to do:. Apart from making calls, it is your way to the World Wide Web on the move. It is a fun, easy and low-priced project. You are causative for any charges you incur!.  To evaluate the quality of your camera app, first make sure it has all its features enabled (in some cases the default setting may be for the extra features to be turned off). It uses the same Sony IMX 363 main sensor as the top-end Pixel 3. Great camera array at an affordable price. Tumblr is a free micro-blogging ADPS that allows you to create short-form blog posts with images (photos or otherwise), videos, gifs and written content. My default is to shoot on HDR, as the resulting shot looks more true to life in its gradation of light to dark tones and its color (counterintuitive, but there we are!). Both candid images and planned shots are possible. One big area that you can use your cellphone for is macro photography. Nevertheless, the depth of field captured from the mammoth sensor is class-leadings you shallow for a smartphone camera. If you’re taking photos on a smartphone, chances are you’ll want to share them at some point too. Buying a budget phone doesn't just mean putting up with tech that's a few years old. 5/10, the display gets a perfect 10. And though there will be exceptions, most folks evince positivity and assist. Here’s the good news: When you’re limited technically, you have to push yourself in other ways to make a shot work. If you’re used to working with a picky in operation system or want your phone to be compatible with your other devices, you may want to choose a phone from the same brand. Another common mistake is missing that focus on your subject. Contributor guidelines Follow our tutorial and build your DIY smartphone projector. If you’re serious about smartphone photography, it may be worth it to pay the premium. Light can change the color of your shot, too! For example, daylight tends to be neutral or slightly blue, sunrise and sunset light tends to be warm, and the light before sunrise and after sunset is much more blue. Become a contributor If you're going to do this, hold the camera still during exposure or it can all get a bit blurry. You might find that adding people to an image that has no focal point can add depth. A hyper-lapse is a video created from many photographs taken in succession. Guest article The smartphone world can be divided into two groups: IOS and Android-based in devices.  We can’t wait to see where your smartphone will take your job. They are fun to make and easy to create. As a result, your work can quickly become buried and go unseen by people who would otherwise be curious in it – a major downside. It would not seem half as good value without it. Sponsored post Color can play a huge role in your images! Just think about it! Color can change the mood of your scene: an image filled with rainbow shades will feel a lot different than one with muted tones, and an image in color will feel disparate than that same image converted to black and white. Read this article for the multitude of uses this gadget has. Light can change the color of your shot, too! For example, daylight tends to be neutral or slightly blue, sunrise and sunset light tends to be warm, and the light before sunrise and after sunset is much more blue. So whether you're going for an older phone or a more recent one with slightly older tech, you're still going to get a highly capable shooting machine. ​Nowadays, when you attend an event there’s a good chance that it will have its own hashtag. This means that not only are you able to follow along with other folks’ images and tell them what you think – but they can do the same for you!. It’s a great extra for campers, hikers, travelers and anyone whose phone runs out before their desire to take photos does!. There are other easy tricks, like using edges like fences or paths to draw the viewer into the image and give a greater sense of depth and scale - and pay work to the horizon - is your photo level?. Nevertheless, the iPhone 7 has a camera from the age where we had already locked onto high-quality 12-megapixel sensors. Have a look at the case made by Moment. As for video, the S21 Ultra introduces a new Director’s View to the line, which supports a live preview of three focal lengths within the UI while shooting, so you know exactly what view you’re switching between. I’ve socially connected – even if only in a small way – with people I haven’t seen in years. There’s only one selfie camera too here. Ok, so it's not a photo - but it is a hot potato.


Best budget camera phone: these are the best cheap camera phones right now sponsored post by

When it comes to your smartphone camera, your perspective is limited. Guest post policy Google drive is available through their relevant application. You will receive a verification email shortly. For most of us, and when it comes to smartphone photography, that means our smartphone. Going through the in-app camera will often give you the worst picture your phone can take, missing out on things like AI, choice of lenses and night mode. My default is to shoot on HDR, as the resulting shot looks more true to life in its gradation of light to dark tones and its color (counterintuitive, but there we are!). Are you also annoyed by showing your smartphone videos and photos on a tiny screen? The DIY smartphone optical instrument will be the right statement for you. You give your friends the chance to enjoy your adventures and give you travel tips of their own. In the second image, when those lines are straight, the shot feels much more static. Need more info? See how it all works here. By placing them towards the corners of the frame makes a more interesting composition. Guest-post Above: I fresh went territorial division skiing for the first time in ages. Sites like Tumblr, Twitter and Facebook aren’t specifically geared towards sharing smartphone photography, but they can be an attractive option, especially if you want to streamline your social media use and share photos, news, and thoughts all from one place. Become a contributor 2 | OIS: Yes | Weight: 189 g | Dimensions: 159. We are a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program organized to provide a means for us to earn fees by linking to Amazon. Guest posters wanted And I’m so excited to see where it takes me. Meanwhile, the front-facing camera has an 8MP sensor. And if you’re hosting an event of your own and expect your attendees to be social media types, hook them up with a unique hashtag they can use when they share photos of the festivities!. As a general rule, if you choose a more popular phone you’ll have more options when it comes to apps and accessories, and you’ll have an easier time chase down fluctuation parts (like USB cables and chargers). On the apps front, things are levelling out a bit, though iPhone users still seem to have a bit of an edge (iPhone users enjoy higher quality uploads to Instagram, for example). Thank you for signing up to Digital Camera World. Guest post opportunities One of our recommendations is the Magic Shutter App. Guest posting rules  In indefinite quantity to applying filters, with the VSCO Cam app you can adjust the basics – brightness, contrast, sharpness, warmth, tint (one of the few we’ve found that does this!), crop and orientation. This little printer – it’s not much bigger than your phone – lets you print images from your phone, wirelessly, on Instax film! It’s a bit of a novelty, but we had tons of fun with it when we tried it out, and can see it being great for portrait photographers and anyone with young kids. The Google Pixel 4a carries a single rear camera with a 12MP sensor, featuring dual-pixel phase detect optical device and optical image stabilization. You can use it to write things down and can store your location. The general public will be none the wiser. A photo straight out of my smartphone’s camera, taken in direct sunlight.  There are over 200 million blogs certified on the site, so the community is talkative (and probably more varied than what you’ll find on a photo-specific site). Please refresh the page and try again. In fact, you can even take a passport photo of your baby using your smartphone, provided it has a good camera. Depending on where your images will end up will dictate the programs or applications you will use. Read this article on how to create them so you can give it a try today.  As a result, the waitress walking through the shot ended up blurry. Guest posts wanted Nevertheless, the depth of field captured from the mammoth sensor is class-leadings you shallow for a smartphone camera. So what do you do? When it comes to backing up photos, you need to store your files in at least three distinct places, to belittle the chance that you totally lose your data. VSCO Cam This editing app for iOS- and Android-enabled phones is one of the most popular out there, thanks in part to its range of filters (both free and paid). These’ll all make a difference in how easy it is to use your camera, specially in tricky inflammation conditions, like low light and direct sun. A new adaptive refresh rate means the Galaxy S21 family can mechanically switch between a power-saving 10Hz and a silky smooth 120Hz. Submit post The Google Pixel 4a carries a single rear camera with a 12MP sensor, featuring dual-pixel phase detect optical device and optical image stabilization. You will receive a verification email shortly. In a receding and pandemic year, stripped-back flagships were well received, with phones like the Google Pixel 5 and OnePlus 8T serving up some cost-conscious flagship appeal. Think about what you're looking at and what your picture is trying to show. Become guest writer If you’re used to working with a picky in operation system or want your phone to be compatible with your other devices, you may want to choose a phone from the same brand. Submit guest article We particularly like the intuitive design of the reviews, which awards a score out of 100 for things like panorama and contrast, color, autofocus, noise, stabilization, noise and more – for both photos and videos!. Guest posting rules Sometimes, as a photographer, your goal is to go unseen by the world around you and capture a moment that’s unspoiled by your presence. Accepting guest posts More recently, the advent of "bokeh" or portrait modes on camera means it's easy to create a depth of field effect. If posing inside, place the window to one side of you as you shoot the subject. In low light situations, it is also earthshaking to keep your captures as steady as executable. Keeping it steady will give you much better photos. But to end up with stunning macro photos, you need a macro lens for your phone. Write for us If you host a blog or another kind of website, smartphone photography and social sharing sites can help you engage an existing audience, and build a new audience, for your work!See, when you post an image to a social sharing site, so long as you have an open profile, pretty much anyone on that site can find it. Light can also help direct attention. It’s also a rockstar when it comes to clarity, with its pictures packing clear detail at their sharpest point. Most night modes will let you shoot scenes handheld that were impossible on a smartphone just a few years ago - while some will, with more support, give you longer exposures for even better results. Guest-post From friends and family, to travel landscapes. In turn, aboard the P30 Pro and Oppo Reno 10X Zoom, the Mi Note 10 joins the ranks of superzoom smartphones with gusto, dramatic when it comes to clarity in spite of its lower musical harmony 5MP sensor. You’ll kick yourself if you scratch your pricey phone because you were unwilling to shell out a few extra bucks for the protective gear!. Above: A shot of a finished watercolour painting, and a behind-the-scenes look at a similar project, both taken with my smartphone camera. I bought a new shiny smartphone. A design niggle we have is that the ultra-wide camera is the last module from the bottom of the camera array. And though there will be exceptions, most folks evince positivity and assist. More and more smartphones hit the market every day with an ever-increasing number of megapixels. Think about what you're looking at and what your picture is trying to show. While we ribbed Xiaomi for copying the Huawei P30 Pro design, the phone is still a beauty. That means it’s far easier to adjust exposure levels, check white balance and cook up colours when editing in apps like Snapseed, VCSO and Halide (take a look at our guide to the best photo editing apps). But there are other useful accessories that can improve your iPhone photography. The megapixel war is back on and raging stronger than ever. Once you have an account, you can start sharing your photos – either by feeding them into the app via your camera app or editing app, or by taking a photo straightaway through the Instagram app itself. In this post, we lay out six tips to enable you to harness the power within your smartphone and elevate your photos. The main camera has a 48MP Samsung GM1 sensor, used in lots of phones including pricey ones such as the Samsung Galaxy A90 5G. If you want to get more creative with your shots – for example by combining multiple images into one, removing or adding major features, or adding text – check out Adobe Photoshop CC (or the pared down version, Adobe Photoshop Elements). What do the photos coming out of the camera look like? Check for things like sharpness, contrast, saturation and color (white balance and tint). ​While we wait for Google to invent an physical property cloak, we have to find other ways to blend in. Submit blog post  There are over 200 million blogs certified on the site, so the community is talkative (and probably more varied than what you’ll find on a photo-specific site). Articles wanted You’ll be sure to walk away with tons of ideas on how you can use your smartphone to capture great images of people and animals. This is a guest post by Shooting at 8K might sound totally overkill, but stills pulled from an 8K video look decent enough to share, so it does afford S21 Ultra owners with a bit of extra skillfulness. 8-inch screen size with and a 227g body.  If you want to share your images with strangers, but keep your personal page private, examine making a separate page dedicated to your photography. While you can share and hashtag images of the event that you took with your DSLR, the general trend with event-specific hashtags is to post phone shots. Read more: • Best camera phone in 2021 • Best budget camera phones • Best iPhone for photography • Best burner phone • Best 5G phone • Best phablets • Best flip phones • Best phablets. More data equals more editing flexibility. When it comes to noise handling the Galaxy S21 Ultra obliterates any grain when lights drop. Become a contributor On the plus, Samsung does give you control over contrast, saturation, tint, and other elements of your photo, so even if you don’t fancy shooting RAW, you can still apply customizations beyond exposure and focus. ? If so, do your research and see whether the phone you’re eyeing comes with those features (or a relevant app). Guest post by Is there a way to check the quality of your phone’s camera even if you don’t have the box or manual? Sure, there is. The iPhone 7’s night photos are pretty poor for a phone of this price. Become a guest blogger The power under the hood will, however, slow it down occasionally, especially when you’re taking pictures at the sensor’s full 108MP resolution. Submit content As for the phone’s 2MP macro camera, it captures proud shots in perfect lighting, though we decidedly wouldn’t call it a killer feature. While historically it’s been more geared towards sharing occupation in general, and not smartphone photography, the ADPS is becoming more user-friendly for smartphone users, especially with the most recent update of the Flickr smartphone app. That’s cool, but the S21 Ultra takes things even further with its pin-sharp WQHD+ resolution. Instagram is a great tool for both editing and sharing. Submit post Samsung unapologetically boosts image sharpness and ramps up the contrast and noise reduction in challenging scenes. Become an author Cloudflare Ray ID: 65ede9642cc94ecd • Your IP: 173. In our own Instagramming experience, we’ve come across drawings, paintings, paper art, collages built from flowers, famous paintings rendered in Playdough (yep, really!) – all snapped and shared with the artist’s smartphone!. In turn, aboard the P30 Pro and Oppo Reno 10X Zoom, the Mi Note 10 joins the ranks of superzoom smartphones with gusto, dramatic when it comes to clarity in spite of its lower musical harmony 5MP sensor.  We can’t wait to see where your smartphone will take your job. If you don’t post your photos to Instagram, or don’t want to dwell your book with shut images (in general, the shots on your Instagram feed are much smaller than the originals on your phone), try creating a photo book or photo prints from the full-sized images on your phone. Guest posting Windy conditions make it challenging and frustrating to photograph.  There are a lot of editing apps offering a huge range of functions, and the mix is always changing, so take a look at the photo editing apps in your phone’s app store to see what’s popular. There’s one important missing camera feature, though; video capture taps out at 1080p, 30 frames per second, where many rivals have full 4K capture. Guest-post If you want to capture detail in the brightest sections of your scene, tap on the bright section to deliberately underexpose your image. An image showing light trails brings in the idea of movement in a still image. Click the links above to learn more!. Shooting on a wide aperture, a longer focal length lens (such as an 85mm f/1. When we came across a particularly stunning shot, we made a note of its location and plans to check the place out. It’s a great way to engage your audience with your art, and allows you to keep with the spirit of sharing service  that’s more geared towards photography. It can replace remote controls for most TVs and set-top boxes. Guest-post Running Android 10 out of the box, the Samsung Galaxy S10e offers a heck of a lot of phone for not very much money. It would not seem half as good value without it. One of its clever uses is to make a note of a specific location that you have photographed or wish to return to. Guest post- 11 West 42nd Street, 15th Floor, New York, NY 10036. This is a guest post by These come in at about 11-16MB in size and in reality look much better than we expected them to. A point and shoot camera that sticks to a smartphone. The result is a pocket-friendly handset in terms of both size and price, with fusion technology that delivers highly sizeable photographs and 4K video. DIY photos of newborns won’t look the same as the ones done in a professional studio. It combines two very useful tools into one, thus eliminating the need to carry around a selfie stick and a tripod wherever you go.


Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra review guest post opportunities

Instagram has over 400 million users, so you can understand that 52 Million images posted a day happens very often. Yellow borders have been added to show the edges of the image. ONLY reserved seats will gain access to the room!. You give your friends the chance to enjoy your adventures and give you travel tips of their own. Or you spill your drink on it and it dies. Become a guest blogger Nothing is safe from the quick snap of a smartphone camera. Your images will have more of an impact being shared sooner than later. dng formats to minimize image compression. England and Wales company registration number 2008885. Sponsored post: Next up is the 117° camera, with a resolution of 20MP for high-resolution ultra-wide landscapes. The Galaxy S21 Ultra is a beast. Now, with smartphones and sharing services, we can take a photo and have it online, edited, with a caption, in a minute or two. It's IP67 water and dust resistant, and features image stabilization for rock-solid 4K 60fps video. Guest posting guidelines And like other phones from Oppo and Huawei, cheap extra sensors make up the numbers; 2MP cameras offer remedial macro images and a depth assist for play down blur shots. There are many more genres and tips in our article which you can read here. Sounds good, but is it $1,199/£1,149 good? . 2 ultrawide | Front camera: 10MP f/1. Guest-blogger Meet the Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra. By Basil Kronfli 21 January 2021.   Knowing how your camera’s other modes work will help you have more control over the final look of your shots. You can use it to write things down and can store your location. Guest posts wanted Many image styles can benefit from having the sun-blasted at you and your radiotelephone. Guest-blogger These come in at about 11-16MB in size, and actually look much better than we unsurprising them to – you can see some examples below. Sign up below to get the latest from Creative Bloq, plus exclusive special offers, direct to your inbox!. While it’s great to show your mass the finished product, people really enjoy getting a glimpse of the sub-rosa action too! Consider zooming out every now and then, to compose a photo that captures your process (or your mess!). The headline grabber, however, is the 10 MP, f/4. It adds depth and helps to turn a dull image into something with a little more curiosity. All the photos above are straight out of the phone with no editing at all. Our webinars are always filled to the last seat. I took this lens for a spin in the zoo, and you can see the results below.  On the left, the image has been cropped to the 1×1 aspect ratio that Instagram mechanically applies. Sites like Tumblr, Twitter and Facebook aren’t specifically geared towards sharing smartphone photography, but they can be an attractive option, especially if you want to streamline your social media use and share photos, news, and thoughts all from one place. Guest post: Don't snatch at the button, hold things steady and take your time. • Best camera phones all round • Best iPhone for photography • Best burner phone • Best 5G phone • Best phablets • Best flip phones. Modern cellphones are somewhat fragile, and not adverse to water. Articles wanted If posing inside, place the window to one side of you as you shoot the subject. Guest posts Simply taking a few steps to learn about your tech and keeping one eye on the lighting can avoid some of the common problems associated with smartphone photography. The TCL 10 Lite (10L) is an affordable phone that packs in a few things you might not expect at the price, like a punch hole front camera and large 6. Guest posting Make sure you set yourself up with a good phone case and screen protector. Read our article to help to decide which app to get and for tips on how to use them. There are a ton of ways you can lose the data on your phone. Don’t be afraid of layering other forms of composition to lead their eyes to these areas. You give your friends the chance to enjoy your adventures and give you travel tips of their own. More spectacular is the fact that it can capture 960fps slow-motion video, though this only shoots usable footage in very well-lit conditions. My skiing partner predicted (correctly) that we’d do a lot of falling, and so I left my DSLR at home and stuck to my phone’s camera. So whether you're going for an older phone or a more recent one with slightly older tech, you're still going to get a highly capable shooting machine. 4), 2MP (depth assist) | Front camera: 13MP | OIS: No | Weight: 199 g | Dimensions: 162. You can also press the back button on  your browser to jump back to this navigation. Please refresh the page and try again. Taken the right way will create some interesting images. And a few cutting edge smartphone cameras can shoot at an ultra high definition (4K) resolution. Apply any additional edits you want, add a caption or placement information to your shot (which’ll allow people to see that location on a map), and hit ‘share’. Click the links above to learn more!. Become a guest blogger You can also press the back button on  your browser to jump back to this navigation. TCL made the last few generations of BlackBerrys, but now it produces phones with its own name stamped on the back. Submit a guest post Another way to prevent getting this page in the future is to use Privacy Pass. Guest posts The Google Pixel 4a carries a Snapdragon 730G chipset and a 3,140mAh battery, which makes it more than powerful enough for most tasks a user might want to undertake. When you purchase through links on our site, we may earn an associate commission. Now, they offer Instagram-specific photo books that allow you to make a book that draws images forthwith from your Instagram feed. A top choice for budget buyers. While the design is probably a 7. Alright, so you’ve got yourself a fancy smartphone – congrats! You’re plausibly itching to start taking awesome photos, but first things first: Let’s make sure you’ve got the best camera app for the job. Digital Camera World is part of Future US Inc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. The 120Hz screen also looks the business, and the 4,500mAh battery will comfortably last the day for all but the heaviest of users. And the editing apps are nothing compared to programs like Adobe Lightroom and Photoshop. It's capable of actuation 4K video at 30fps and 1080p video at 120fps. The Redmi Note 9 is a 2020 phone that offers a few extras we can’t take for granted. Please enable Cookies and reload the page.  When I used a various camera or edited a shot on my computer, you’ll see a note saying so. At $1,199 / £1,149, the Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra needs to be excellent, and it is. This comes from something called geotagging. Creative Bloq is part of Future plc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. Keep in mind though: Hashtagging isn’t widly used or very effective on Facebook, so chances are your page won’t be seen by as many people as an Instagram or Flickr page would, despite Facebook’s larger user base. 99 (taxes, shipping and other fees not included). Want to contribute to our website Get the best camera deals, reviews, product advice, competitions, unmissable physical process news and more!. Plug into a photo-sharing community like Instagram or Flickr, and get ready to reap the benefits: you’ll connect with friends and other photographers, gain valuable feedback, and get divine. Here’s what that means for your photos: If you want your viewer to look at your subject, place them at the end of a line (or a series of lines, for even more attention-directing power!). Above: In the first image, the diagonal lines of the trees and picnic table give the shot a more dynamic feel.  It can also be used to suggest that space exists beyond the frame, adding connive to your image. Guest post guidelines Featuring a powerful dual rear camera with a wide angle 12MP f/1. In turn, you’ll comfortably last a day with the Mi Note 10, and it charges quickly, business enterprise with a 30W power brick in the box. Sometimes, as a photographer, your goal is to go unseen by the world around you and capture a moment that’s unspoiled by your presence. If you’re planning to get into street photography (check out our list of the best cameras for street photography), it’s not a bad idea to know the laws with respect to photography and image sharing in the place where you live. Keeping it steady will give you much better photos. While in the past, there was an issue with heat organisation on Exynos powered devices, the 2100 improves things to the point of near parity. The smartphone world can be divided into two groups: IOS and Android-based in devices. Submit guest post They are thin bricks of glass, metal, and plastic. Google calls this Super Res Zoom, and it combines quadruple exposures taken from a fractionally other position, in order to reckon information “between” the sensor’s own pixels. Here’s a quick rundown of some of the options available to you.  Start keeping your photos safe, now!. Read this article for the multitude of uses this gadget has. Accepting guest posts Read this article to learn how to use Portrait Mode on your iPhone.  The filters come from the following series (some series may no longer be available):HB2 = Hypebeast X VSCOM5 = Subtle FadeB5 = Black & White MoodyT1 = Faded & MoodyA4 = Aesthetic Series. First, you should know landscapes appear before taking any photographs. Investing in a selfie stick or a tripod is always helpful. In turn, processing the 108MP images can leave you unable to open them for a few seconds and can result in the camera app hanging every now and then. It might be pretty old now, but you can still pick up an iPhone 7. Even when shooting at 27MP - the default resolution, it isn’t as nippy as other phones in its price range, however, those other phones don’t pack such cutting edge camera tech under the hood. While it's a bit of an imposition to carry a tripod, with phones getting smarter, having a flexible tripod and a smartphone mount opens up a world of possibilities - impossible selfies, moon shots, night photos to die for - or longer exposures that turn water into smoke. Guest poster wanted Smartphones have wide-angle lenses that inherently produce a long depth of field – meaning the images are mostly going to be pin-sharp from foreground to background. Cloudflare Ray ID: 65ede9642cc94ecd • Your IP: 173. Both the Galaxy S21 and the S21 Plus sport lower resolution screens than last year’s S20 and S20 Plus.


Choosing a Phone blog for us

Read our article to help to decide which app to get and for tips on how to use them. Sponsored post: Whereas there are many smartphone manufacturers that use the Android operating system. I started running more often, running further, in search of a great shot, getting to know my hometown better in the process. If you’re serious about smartphone photography, it may be worth it to pay the premium. Guest posting 136 • Performance & security by Cloudflare. Want to contribute to our website The second, however, does feature OIS and clocks in at 5MP, while also delivering a 5x zoom as well as a 10x hybrid zoom. Submit post Starting with that gargantuan megapixel-count, the headline feature of the Mi Note 10 is made possible by Samsung’s Isocell Bright HMX 108MP 1/1. Alright, so you’ve got yourself a fancy smartphone – congrats! You’re plausibly itching to start taking awesome photos, but first things first: Let’s make sure you’ve got the best camera app for the job. And because it’s light and easy to wield, it may also allow you to take shots in situations where a larger camera just wouldn’t work. Most night modes will let you shoot scenes handheld that were impossible on a smartphone just a few years ago - while some will, with more support, give you longer exposures for even better results. Guest post: Here are a few that have caught our eye recently. While tech is of course continuing to improve, it has been for a while, and that means the smartphones of the past few years still take grand photos. Keeping your phone steady can be a pain. There’s only one selfie camera too here. That said, with PDAF and 4K video capture at up to 60fps, it’s definitely one of the more specced out front cameras we’ve used. Routinely, smartphone photography takes place in less than ideal lighting conditions, and users rarely stray from the automatic exposure and focusing the device is preset with. (Pocket-lint) - Over the past decade or so, we've seen the compact camera market crash, photo sharing explode and smartphones evolve into the most important cameras around. Starting with that gargantuan megapixel-count, the headline feature of the Mi Note 10 is made possible by Samsung’s Isocell Bright HMX 108MP 1/1. Guest post- Get the best camera deals, reviews, product advice, competitions, unmissable physical process news and more!. Sponsored post Most use cheap filler sensors to bulk up the spec list, but this phone offers 2x shots with appreciably better detail than a crop of a shot captured with the primary 16-megapixel camera. Release date: September 2016 | Rear cameras: 12MP (Wide angle lens, f/1. See our article here for the other 9 apps. Digital Camera World is supported by its masses. Not to mention all the food we eat. 0 now from the Chrome Web Store. Submit article It's capable of actuation 4K video at 30fps and 1080p video at 120fps.  Not sure what you should be looking for? Here are a few things we think a camera app should allow you to do:. Read this article to learn how to use Portrait Mode on your iPhone.  When I used a various camera or edited a shot on my computer, you’ll see a note saying so. Guest post guidelines However, there are so many selfie sticks out there, it’s hard to tell which ones are good and which ones will become useless trash …. While we ribbed Xiaomi for copying the Huawei P30 Pro design, the phone is still a beauty. Easily the most common reason for poor focus and blurry images. Now, with smartphones and sharing services, we can take a photo and have it online, edited, with a caption, in a minute or two. It’s always been good, and while its photos aren’t as nuanced as some of the best out there, matched with a 10x zoom, a decent ultrawide, and plenty of shooting modes, the camera system, on the whole, makes it one of the best camera phones of 2021. Your smartphone is intuitive and might pick the wrong area to focus on. So pay close attention to the colors in your scene. It also brings back sky-high 108MP settlement of 2020 Samsung top-enders like the Galaxy S20 Ultra and Note 20 Ultra, and matches it with a 10x optical zoom. Your wireless telephone has many tasks, not only taking calls and sending text messages. Leaving your camera on its default settings will produce blurry results. When it comes to your smartphone camera, your perspective is limited. It’s easier than pie, takes just a little effort to get started, and the potential benefits can be huge! In this section, we’ll go over the basics of sharing your work online, talk about some of the pros and cons, and tell you a bit about the vibrant smartphone photography communities out there today. And because of the advances in smartphone design, that camera does a pretty decent job! Awesome shots are now within your reach, every where you go. Contributor guidelines In fact, you can even take a passport photo of your baby using your smartphone, provided it has a good camera. Spend a bit of time on Instagram, and you’ll name that photographers with big followings have thing in common, whether they photograph fashion, families, life or waterfalls. The power under the hood will, however, slow it down occasionally, especially when you’re taking pictures at the sensor’s full 108MP resolution. And, as you’ll soon see, in pushing yourself to get great shots from your camera phone, you’ll be developing significant skills – some of the nuts and bolts of great photography! So let’s dive into it, and learn how to take compelling shots with your smartphone camera. My skiing partner predicted (correctly) that we’d do a lot of falling, and so I left my DSLR at home and stuck to my phone’s camera. Imagine the view finder or LCD screen as having two lines that split up the image vertically, and two horizontally. Guest column In our own Instagramming experience, we’ve come across drawings, paintings, paper art, collages built from flowers, famous paintings rendered in Playdough (yep, really!) – all snapped and shared with the artist’s smartphone!. In the image above, it's not only homicide into the sun, but it's also using portrait mode to create some unusual results. When you buy up through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. The Pro mode offers up full control over all five lenses, not to mention a shutter speed of up to 32 seconds and an ISO of up to 3200. While these apps aren’t as omnipotent as the professional-level editing programs you might have on your computer, they do allow you to make coarse adjustments to your images, quickly, often for no cost or just a few dollars. But those costs are so small, compared to the record I have: The photos of family, friends and adventures, and the emotions and lessons attached to those images. I wanted to ensure the image quality in the book was as high as possible, so instead of filling the book with images imported directly from Instagram, I used full-sized files that I had edited in Lightroom. . 1, Google and Samsung’s newest software combine to deliver Samsung’s best interface experience to date. © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. That’s cool, but the S21 Ultra takes things even further with its pin-sharp WQHD+ resolution. Additionally, night mode doesn’t work across the four extra cameras, which holds it back from true greatness when it comes to skillfulness. Photography was exciting again. Digital Camera World is supported by its masses. We all decided that sharing was the right termination for us. Guest posts wanted 8) | Front camera: 8MP | OIS: Yes | Weight: 147g | Dimensions: 151. At the moment, it’s geared much more towards written content – like news, jokes, life updates – than images, but the indefinite quantity is there (and it seems to us like the company is trying to evince that, so better image-sharing features may be on their way!). Smartphone photography is taking pictures with your phone. You can get this lens from Amazon here. For example, low light conditions could use artificial lighting. A quick Google search of your model plus the terms ‘case’ or ‘screen protector’ will help you track down good options. Read the entire guide here and start improving. Hashtagging is a great way to get your eyes in front of a particular audience. Want to write a post There are two main types of smartphones that dominate the market: iPhones and Android phones. Want to write an article I’ve made acquaintances with photographers I’ve never met and been glorious (and intimidated) by their incredible work. We weren’t banking on seeing OIS on such a high-resolution sensor and upper-midrange price, but it’s here on the primary lens as well as on the 5x zoom lens too. Guest post guidelines This style is carried over to the phone’s additional cameras, though they unsurprisingly fare worse when it comes to dynamic range and detail than the main sensor. Guest posting rules The curved glass front and back mask just how thick it is, and while it’s heavy at over 200g, it feels manageable. 11 West 42nd Street, 15th Floor, New York, NY 10036. Want to contribute to our website If you want to unleash the phone’s full megapixel clout, though, you can crank up resolution to create 12,032 x 9,024, 108. Very few phones this cheap have a zoom and an ultra-wide camera. ) The things you post in public to your Facebook page will show up in your friends’ news feed – aboard posts from all of their other friends, plus advertisers. These are also called tiny planets and are the act of turning an image or panorama into a little world. Artifact Uprising Instagram Photo Book. Now, with smartphones and sharing services, we can take a photo and have it online, edited, with a caption, in a minute or two. Guest post courtesy of Xiaomi is no stranger to knocking our socks off with excellent value for money; the fantastic Mi 9T Pro delivers thing power at under £400, and now, the Chinese phone maker has produced a world-first pixel-count smartphone in partnership with Samsung. Operating systems & device compatibility. Guest post So whether you're going for an older phone or a more recent one with slightly older tech, you're still going to get a highly capable shooting machine. Each pick comes with a full review, so you can get a good sense of what makes each camera stand out. We use it to capture the world around us. The good thing about using your phone is that it gets you moving. The second, however, does feature OIS and clocks in at 5MP, while also delivering a 5x zoom as well as a 10x hybrid zoom. Contributor guidelines So make an effort with your smartphone instead. The caption for the shot above was simply, “Shall we?”, tantalising viewers to imagine themselves in the scene, getting ready to venture down the path. It's not the best iPhone for photography you can buy, obviously, since there have been many new models since. But you can also edit your images in Lightroom. It is a fun, easy and low-priced project. This is one of the best budget phones for night shooting. I got up for sunrises, I stayed up for northern lights. This is a guest post by If you are a big fan of taking selfies and videos with the front camera, then there is no doubt that the quality of the selfie camera is important to you. It combines two very useful tools into one, thus eliminating the need to carry around a selfie stick and a tripod wherever you go. And in cases where you don’t want to be lugging a heavy (and more valuable) camera around – say at a rowdy music festival – your phone camera may be perfect for the job. Packing two telephoto cameras, both featuring the same sensor, the S21 Ultra’s near-distance photo camera is a 10 MP, f/2. Guest posters wanted Your phone is almost always with you, and it is a perfect choice for taking pictures of tiny subjects. Guest post- But don’t ignore your friends and fans either!. One situation where a smartphone is helpful is having web images directly. (You can also make phone and video calls, send instant messages, and do a suite of other things. Pull out your phone, snap the shot, and the memory is preserved.


Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra review submit an article

Also loaded up with OIS, it focuses using a combination of PDAF and Laser AF. We can, at least, tell you a bit about what to look for in a smartphone from a photographic sense. Pull out your phone, snap the shot, and the memory is preserved. The good thing about using your phone is that it gets you moving. Looking for guest posts Get the best camera deals, reviews, product advice, competitions, unmissable physical process news and more!. Guest posts In this post, we lay out six tips to enable you to harness the power within your smartphone and elevate your photos. First up, respect: Just because you can take a shot with your phone doesn’t mean you should.  On the left, the image has been cropped to the 1×1 aspect ratio that Instagram mechanically applies. Guest post You can make both upwards and down adjustments to brightness, contrast, sharpness, shadows, highlights and warmth (no color temperature) and more. Sponsored post  But chances are, if you’re like us, you’ll want to capture most of those things on one of the best cameras you have – the memories you create when you’re travelling are special ones and you want to do them justice!So, when we travel, do we let our smartphone camera take a break? Nope, no sir, no ma’am!  Let me tell you why. So pay close attention to the colors in your scene. This one’s Android only, but there are plenty of similar apps out there for other operational systems!. Sponsored post The idea is that you stabilise your camera and capture a long exposure of a busy street.  I’ve captured big moments – adventures, birthdays, holidays – moments that, as usual, were also recorded on my DSLR. We're not saying there's no space for real cameras any more - far from it - but for the informal user, the smartphone has become the go-to camera. Routinely, smartphone photography takes place in less than ideal lighting conditions, and users rarely stray from the automatic exposure and focusing the device is preset with. Rear cameras: 16MP (wide-angle, f/1. And because it’s light and easy to wield, it may also allow you to take shots in situations where a larger camera just wouldn’t work. So you know you won't be buying a lemon that nothing will work with in a year's time. Using people in your photography can help to cut out one common mistake. The Mi Note 10 isn’t perfect, but as a camera phone, it’s the best you’ll get for its €549 ($609 / £472) asking price. In a nutshell, the Xiaomi Mi Note 10’s primary camera captures more detail than any other camera phone on the market but doesn’t quite beat out the best performers when it comes to dynamic range and low light performance. Geotagging is also very handy when it comes to your pictorial representation. Make sure you set yourself up with a good phone case and screen protector. Contributor guidelines Some Instagrammers take their intellection of color a step further by paying magnet to how the colors mesh across different photos in their gallery. We can, at least, tell you a bit about what to look for in a smartphone from a photographic sense.  So, what’s the plus? When you can’t rely on your technical or editing powers to create a great shot, you have to go back to the basics: Composition. The phone also captures video at up to 8K resolve (only using the main camera), or 4K/FHD resolution (using all four cameras). Which photo makes the subject stand out more? It’s the one with all the empty space!. Guest posting rules A Raw file is a compressed lossless image file format that saves much more image data than a typical lossy JPEG. It doesn’t guarantee invisibility, of course, but it can help to take some of the pressure off the folks around you, making you more able to capture that unspoiled scene. Note that the app isn’t a storage service – it doesn’t hold a library of your separate shots. White balance is perceptibly cooler than that of the iPhone 11 Pro and Pixel 4, and in certain scenes, images lacked some warmth as a result in Auto mode. You are causative for any charges you incur!. Above: To combat the low light conditions of the restaurant, my phone automatically designated a low shutter speed. This is a guest post by Pull out your phone, snap the shot, and the memory is preserved. This is as true to smartphones as it is to any camera. However, only one of these cameras is genuinely quite good. Above: A shot of the golden fall leaves, before and after editing with the VSCO Cam app. This phone also has excellent stamina life, thanks to the large 5,020mAh battery. And because of the advances in smartphone design, that camera does a pretty decent job! Awesome shots are now within your reach, every where you go. Become a contributor The ability to react to a fleeting moment is half the battle when it comes to snapping a great shot.  If you want to share your images with strangers, but keep your personal page private, examine making a separate page dedicated to your photography. Read the entire guide here and start improving. Sometimes, your phone is going to reduce your shutter speed to let more light in. More recently, the advent of "bokeh" or portrait modes on camera means it's easy to create a depth of field effect. When it comes to noise handling the Galaxy S21 Ultra obliterates any grain when lights drop. © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. Sign up now and get unlimited access to ALL of our courses. Check out The Creativity Field Guide! This super-fun eBook is packed with over 100 photography project ideas, plus tons of photos, illustrations and other fun stuff too – like field trips, quotes and even a brute hunt! Get ready to get inspired!. If we dropped a subject in there – like a person – all of those atmospheric condition would likely flurry. The best budget camera phones still deliver good pictures and video capability. Want to contribute to our website As for the 40MP front camera, in a turn for the books, Samsung actually applies less demulcent and processing to selfies, so they pick up more grain in auto mode than photos from the main camera. There are specific cellphone applications to help your landscape photography. But the sun can also present a lot of opportunities and using a low sun to create silhouettes and long shadows is a great way to get something slightly different. It is a cable release for cellphones. That said, it’s also narrower, with smaller bezels and a less squat, 20:9 aspect ratio display. While we ribbed Xiaomi for copying the Huawei P30 Pro design, the phone is still a beauty. But the bottom line, and the most important thing to remember, is that there will be a budget phone out there for you. For example, look for patterns in everyday objects. Both candid images and planned shots are possible. Stand under the shadow of a tree or building and notice the soft, diffuse light that wraps around the face. More importantly, I’ve captured the small moments that tend to go unrecorded and so are easily forgotten, but that ultimately form the bulk of our lives: bike rides, dinner parties, afternoons at the country with my nephew. Google drive is available through their relevant application. Like other iPhones, the processing is elegant and the in-app image preview is more faithful than just about any cheap Android’s. Use this light to correctly expose the ikon based on the skin tone. Smartphones seek to expose dark, dimly-lit subjects against bright backgrounds (think shaded landscapes in midday sun). Above: To combat the low light conditions of the restaurant, my phone automatically designated a low shutter speed. This post was written by The main camera is stabilised and, like the Pixel 3, uses the OIS motor when homicide 2x digital zoom images to capture far better photos than most other phones without a consecrated “telephoto” camera. It is to blame for the lack of 4K video, but is other than roughly a match in raw performance for the Snapdragon disjunctive. Many phones at the price do not have one, and the Remi Note 9’s significantly improves the clarity and dynamic range of the main 48MP sensor’s low-light images. Don’t feel like you have to do all (or any!) of these. Looking for guest posts This means that not only are you able to follow along with other folks’ images and tell them what you think – but they can do the same for you!. This is a guest post by The Hasselblad True Zoom joined with the Moto Z and came up with a mixture for this shortcoming. In a nutshell, the Xiaomi Mi Note 10’s primary camera captures more detail than any other camera phone on the market but doesn’t quite beat out the best performers when it comes to dynamic range and low light performance. Read here on how to execute this in effect. Flickr is a photo-sharing site that’s been around since 2004. Guest author You can choose to have a public account, which anyone can see and follow, or a private account, which only people you’ve approved can see. Camera phone accessories • Best selfie sticks • Best phone tripods and supports • Best gimbals for video • Best add-on lenses for phones • Best portable power banks • Best phone cases. Submit blog post It’s a great way to engage your audience with your art, and allows you to keep with the spirit of sharing service  that’s more geared towards photography. Powered by a Exynos 2100 in most markets, if you're in China or the USA, your S21 Ultra will sport a Qualcomm Snapdragon 888. Many phones let you vary the strength of this effect and often turning it down a little will create a better overall result. The site is a sort of social media catch-all, allowing you to send public and private messages, post articles and videos, and share photos – either one-offs or whole albums with dozens of images. There are many 360 panorama photo apps out there, and it’s easy to get confused which one is the best choice. Submit post In a nutshell, the Xiaomi Mi Note 10’s primary camera captures more detail than any other camera phone on the market but doesn’t quite beat out the best performers when it comes to dynamic range and low light performance. Become a guest blogger Pretty soon, you’ll find your (smartphone photo) voice!. Facebook is the world’s largest social networking site, with over 1. Guest-post 4µm, pixels, isn’t quite as large. Gone are the days of single-camera smartphones. Everyone needs to have a cellphone case. The best results from your phone will come with knowing what results you're going to get from it when using the cameras it offers - and having thing to photograph, of course. Our pick of the bunch is the Moto G8 Power. The general public will be none the wiser. Travelling is great for a ton of reasons (you can read some of them over here). Submit a guest post 9 camera, which is perfect for talking selfies and chatting to your friends and family on video chat. Smartphones already have this tool enclosed inside the in-phone camera app. This way, you can prepare to capture the right moment. Light can also help direct attention. Sponsored post There’s a lot of choice – we’ll give you a quick rundown of some of the more popular options. It would not seem half as good value without it. Everyone knows Instagram and VSCO Cam.


Smartphone photography: 6 pro tips guest blogger

Most folks may think of Instagram simply as a sharing app, but it also allows you to edit your shots. It looks almost exactly like a Huawei P30 Pro and has a distressingly similar name to the Samsung Galaxy Note 10 Plus, but the Mi Note 10 isn’t a copycat smartphone across the board.  See, by sharing photos of your travels while you’re travelling, you keep your loved ones up to date. Here’s a quick rundown of some of the options available to you. This site will give you an in-depth review of the camera on almost every major smartphone out there. If you want to unleash the phone’s full pixel-power, though, you can crank up the resolution to create 12,032 x 9,024, 108. As a result, your work can quickly become buried and go unseen by people who would otherwise be curious in it – a major downside. Have a look at the case made by Moment. Guest post policy If you are photographing using your cellphone, why not get a taxonomic group case. Here’s the good news: When you’re limited technically, you have to push yourself in other ways to make a shot work. It’s time to take advantage of the smartphone camera you’re always carrying around!. Submit article Is it spontaneous to use? Do you like the look of the photos? Does it seem like the right fit for the price?. Although the front camera is hardly ever as good as the rear camera, we have seen lots of improvement in the quality of the selfie camera in recent years. Light can change the color of your shot, too! For example, daylight tends to be neutral or slightly blue, sunrise and sunset light tends to be warm, and the light before sunrise and after sunset is much more blue. To the best of our knowledge, no one app allows you to do ALL of these things. Many people might not want to take their 1. Light trails are a great way to capture interesting night time smartphone photography images. We massed tripods and tripod mounts for both Android and iPhone devices. Sometimes, your phone is going to reduce your shutter speed to let more light in. Guest-blogger Creative Bloq is part of Future plc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. You will receive a verification email shortly. But say you don’t want to crop your shot. Because the lens is so small, it's very easy for it to get dirty while you're using your phone for other things. Lines are hugely powerful elements! See, our eyes love a good line. Instagram is a great tool for both editing and sharing. At $1,199 / £1,149, the Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra needs to be excellent, and it is. On the flip side, Androids’ technology is rapidly evolving, as it needs to compete with the Apple giant. While we ribbed Xiaomi for copying the Huawei P30 Pro design, the phone is still a beauty. Check them out in this article. Do you care about having burst mode, icon control, panorama capabilities, etc. Guest post opportunities  (Not quite there yet? Start taking photos with your phone regularly, and in no time, the world will be full of photographic potential!)But nowadays, most of us keep our phones with us all the time, which means most of us have a camera with us all the time too. This little printer – it’s not much bigger than your phone – lets you print images from your phone, wirelessly, on Instax film! It’s a bit of a novelty, but we had tons of fun with it when we tried it out, and can see it being great for portrait photographers and anyone with young kids. Some Instagrammers take their intellection of color a step further by paying magnet to how the colors mesh across different photos in their gallery. These days, most smartphones will automatically back your data (including your photos) up to a cloud server…so long as you have that function enabled. Above: Placing your subject in a frame – in this case a literal one (the doorframe) – is a great way to draw mental faculty to them!. These will help you capture stunning images. One situation where a smartphone is helpful is having web images directly. In some cases, these terms outline that in sharing your work through the service, the service provider gains the right to use your work without seeking further empowerment (you implicitly provide authorisation when you sign up). Everyone will ask you how you did it. Either Wi-Fi or your phone’s data plan (if you have one) will do the trick! If you’re not online, you can’t share.  There are a lot of editing apps offering a huge range of functions, and the mix is always changing, so take a look at the photo editing apps in your phone’s app store to see what’s popular. More recently, the advent of "bokeh" or portrait modes on camera means it's easy to create a depth of field effect. That common feature: A great integrative style. This is a guest post by Lines are hugely powerful elements! See, our eyes love a good line. Contribute to this site Plus, we get all those bonus benefits of plugging into an online community that just doesn’t exist with a standalone blog. The phone also has plenty of additional modes, from a fun Director’s View which we mentioned above to Pro Video and photo options. Guest post guidelines These days, most smartphones will automatically back your data (including your photos) up to a cloud server…so long as you have that function enabled. Manufacturers can know that if they make an iPhone accessory, it will be compatible with a huge number of phones. Lens flare is one of those things that ruin a photograph. This is one of those faults that you might notice afterwards, not immediately. And, as you’ll soon see, in pushing yourself to get great shots from your camera phone, you’ll be developing significant skills – some of the nuts and bolts of great photography! So let’s dive into it, and learn how to take compelling shots with your smartphone camera. The likes of Apple, Samsung, Huawei and Google will all boost your images for you. Given the fact its main telephoto competition comes from Huawei’s P40 Pro Plus, a phone with no access to Google services, Samsung’s superzoom smartphone will be the only 10x pic consideration for most. While you can share and hashtag images of the event that you took with your DSLR, the general trend with event-specific hashtags is to post phone shots. Read on for some advice that you can use every time you pull the phone from your pocket, wherever you are, to make the most of that sophisticated computer-powered camera you almost always carry with you. Project it on a white wall or a screen, and enjoy the show. A fully tight case will allow you to submerge your phone in water for a period of time – you’ll be able to snap shots without a problem in rain, snow or even in a pool or the ocean! Some of these heavy-duty cases are so thick that they may reduce the responsiveness of your touch screen, so read reviews before you buy. To the best of our knowledge, no one app allows you to do ALL of these things.  There are a lot of editing apps offering a huge range of functions, and the mix is always changing, so take a look at the photo editing apps in your phone’s app store to see what’s popular. So while we'd say that 90 per cent of the time you're better off without it - remember it's still there. Guest blogger guidelines But with a camera around your neck, it can be hard to blend in, especially nowadays when there are more photographers out there. This article gives great tips on what to look for them and how they dramatize your image. That's why it's worth shopping around. Submit guest article Need more info? See how it all works here. Submit content When these images are together, they create an fascinating feeling. Pocket-lint is supported by its readers. The top-end Pixel phones have two. I’m Lauren’s younger sister, and a odd-job ninja here at Photography Concentrate. It also brings back sky-high 108MP settlement of 2020 Samsung top-enders like the Galaxy S20 Ultra and Note 20 Ultra, and matches it with a 10x optical zoom. More data equals more editing flexibility. One of its clever uses is to make a note of a specific location that you have photographed or wish to return to. It takes work and restraint to post only photos that fit within a color scheme, but it’s a great way to push yourself to get out and look for a shot!. Become an author We use it to capture the world around us. Suggest a post Digital photos need to be edited to look their best – and that’s true whether you’re shooting on a DSLR or a smartphone! In this section, we give you a few tips on how to bring out the best in your smartphone shots, whether you’re editing them on your phone or your computer. But Samsung has switched up its strategy for its new Galaxy S21 series of flagship phones. Sure, we’ve seen its 108 MP camera before on old Samsung phones. Apart from making calls, it is your way to the World Wide Web on the move. For example, you can buy a lighting kit if you are unhappy with your smartphone’s tiny flash. Whether you have the most expensive flagship iPhone or the cheapest entry-level Android, we've rounded up some top tips to ensure that you're getting the most out of your phone's camera. Your smartphone photography needs a workflow. Android phones tend to lag behind a bit, though the latest round of Android phones – especially phones developed by Google – are edging in. Please refresh the page and try again. Guest poster wanted Pretty soon, you’ll find your (smartphone photo) voice!. While that might remove distracting detail from the panorama and help the subject pop, it can also make photos look a little artificial. Most night modes will let you shoot scenes handheld that were impossible on a smartphone just a few years ago - while some will, with more support, give you longer exposures for even better results. Smartphone cameras are nowhere near as powerful as DSLRs, and even some point-and-shoots. While tech is of course continuing to improve, it has been for a while, and that means the smartphones of the past few years still take grand photos. Guest blogger guidelines But Samsung has switched up its strategy for its new Galaxy S21 series of flagship phones. We humans are inquisitive creatures. The main camera has a 48MP Samsung GM1 sensor, used in lots of phones including pricey ones such as the Samsung Galaxy A90 5G. This will give you a focus on what to photograph. When it comes to noise handling the Galaxy S21 Ultra obliterates any grain when lights drop. It takes work and restraint to post only photos that fit within a color scheme, but it’s a great way to push yourself to get out and look for a shot!. This resulted in our hand locomotion into the frame more often than not. Guest posting Here’s what that means for your photos: If you want your viewer to look at your subject, place them at the end of a line (or a series of lines, for even more attention-directing power!). Submit blog post The reverse is true for shooting subjects brighter than their geographical area. Great camera array at an affordable price. In the second, my reflection forms part of the subject (along with my rubber boots), while the reflection of the trees serves as a frame. Expert Photography © 2011-2021. But, on its own, it’s an interesting shot full of details!. For more case recommendations, read here. Submit post • Best camera phones all round • Best iPhone for photography • Best burner phone • Best 5G phone • Best phablets • Best flip phones. Our webinars are always filled to the last seat. It helps you keep the camera steady and also frees your hands to do other things. Cameras have become a lot better at focusing on the subject in the past few years, but don't just point and press the button. The best and cheapest way is here, in this article. Blog for us It takes more than raising the camera and pressing the shutter. The top-end Pixel phones have two. It might sound obvious, but when was the last time you turned your phone over and gave the lens a good clean? A simple wipe with your top will do at a pinch when you’re out and about, but it’s good to use lens cleansing fluid or glasses wipes every so often to lift residual dirt and debris.